From 6689fbd05e957fbec97e59b3c494909d9468132a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 12 Jun 2022 11:29:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3cfd6e582d..4c454a3585 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". The Greek does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following clause describes the matter of contention. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you" +REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following clause describes the matter of contention. If your\nlanguage requires an object for the verb worship, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**, and **love** is spoken of as if it is an object that can be left behind. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent Alternate translation: “If you do not repent” From 8d46b45edfc7d78fbb1288b91ac4b557be05ac30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 12 Jun 2022 11:31:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4c454a3585..25abe197d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following clause describes the matter of contention. If your\nlanguage requires an object for the verb worship, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an object for the verb worship, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**, and **love** is spoken of as if it is an object that can be left behind. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent Alternate translation: “If you do not repent” From 5d3d2cdf7a4924c00d6b2f664e3a8b6b00d76690 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 12 Jun 2022 11:34:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 25abe197d6..426f0b3b1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an object for the verb worship, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**, and **love** is spoken of as if it is an object that can be left behind. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**, and **love** is spoken of as if it is an object that can abandoned or forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent Alternate translation: “If you do not repent” REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 1600e94d9eb2bba4672f0f2b079221364ac0626c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 12 Jun 2022 11:38:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 426f0b3b1f..4b72da51c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an object for the verb worship, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**, and **love** is spoken of as if it is an object that can abandoned or forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent Alternate translation: “If you do not repent” REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 4048435bd1f810315bcd04052bbc58e4282eeeed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 12 Jun 2022 17:38:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4b72da51c0..96bbc3a979 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an object for the verb worship, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent Alternate translation: “If you do not repent” From b8f1ecb802c34f4af0c5f4051135c7f9533cc8fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 09:33:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 96bbc3a979..761959f13e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,9 +116,8 @@ REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown w REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent Alternate translation: “If you do not repent” REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 64c49e2cb56737c551bc26a5516b50b824e540d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 09:38:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 761959f13e..e08583b18a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact t REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty among commentators as to what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 33dc1841044350bebe58256059663f2a0dc75e7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:07:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e08583b18a..b0eedd3fb9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John u REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 p8j5 figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 4c8fc4adb147d60db616994c1d9db0487012efe3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:10:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b0eedd3fb9..f4ff4d1c30 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτι REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has released us from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 p8j5 figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 3ddddf068bc2342299fc72da1073504097ffc5f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:11:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f4ff4d1c30..7d46a49969 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτι REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has released us from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 p8j5 figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From ff067c2d58fb8ae22b27ef622f74c358dfa61cf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:23:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7d46a49969..463f598fdb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτι REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has released us from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king in a kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom explicitly. Alternate translation: "the citizens that God rules over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: "people that offer sacrifices" or "people that serve in the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 p8j5 figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 1c055f65a2c49179c838a133cef8c8ac6d1afcd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:31:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 463f598fdb..150128cc2e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -37,10 +37,9 @@ REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** f REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king in a kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom explicitly. Alternate translation: "the citizens that God rules over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: "people that offer sacrifices" or "people that serve in the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 6 p8j5 figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power."\n(2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus receive glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Alternate translation: “the dominion” REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read this following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0e10f45002fae91b4d85c60e17ec99b39bd7ac81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:34:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 150128cc2e..c5f2dd8175 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions a REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: "people that offer sacrifices" or "people that serve in the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power."\n(2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus receive glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power." (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Alternate translation: “the dominion” REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read this following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 29cf61be93922417421ca897941ace8314d76443 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:39:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c5f2dd8175..b065fe0179 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power." (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Alternate translation: “the dominion” +REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym, or a substitute term, that is used to describe the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read this following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) From 78998e2f0ece938e98f039e0ead6ab7e21839999 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:41:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b065fe0179..23845c4976 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power." (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym, or a substitute term, that is used to describe the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” +REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read this following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) From 943dec9bc483f365099f1cdcb63a7a3b405eb722 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:45:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 23845c4976..fe661f9486 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ κ REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power." (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” -REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read this following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 89ec2002fb99c10735c90eee9ff1fa98c64e2fb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:51:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fe661f9486..967e583a7d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλεί REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king in a kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom explicitly. Alternate translation: "the citizens that God rules over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: "people that offer sacrifices" or "people that serve in the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power." (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” +REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) From 27a435639ab278baab14c1cbcace3118a0868f18 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:53:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 967e583a7d..52113c5136 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ κ REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power." (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 732f6d85feb759c6d5b54495b67dfc059260437d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 10:58:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 52113c5136..85a0c50724 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτο REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) +REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in Daniel 7:14 and Daniel 7:27. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds”\n\n\n\nThe subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) +REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Here, **even those who pierced him** assumes the prior action verb of every eye seeing Jesus Christ come with the clouds. However, the writer leaves out the repetition of the action verb of seeing here, although the act of seeing is assumed. This is type of omission is known as ellipsis. The translator may wish to state explicitly the action of seeing once again here in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From d5081bcd677ff0d6c6fdea81d868ef6525a98bfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:01:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 85a0c50724..63119dfc62 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτο REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in Daniel 7:14 and Daniel 7:27. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds”\n\n\n\nThe subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) +REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in \n[Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). \nIf this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds”\n\n\nThus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From db2ea4a49bf27107004d4922cc9b2d8e0f8b6d71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:02:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 63119dfc62..941818571f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτο REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in \n[Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). \nIf this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds”\n\n\nThus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) +REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From de403d283b5175e908f2614c2da3b5185dd9059a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:04:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 941818571f..40c2b0dc49 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νε REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" -REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye \n\n\n\nSince people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Here, **even those who pierced him** assumes the prior action verb of every eye seeing Jesus Christ come with the clouds. However, the writer leaves out the repetition of the action verb of seeing here, although the act of seeing is assumed. This is type of omission is known as ellipsis. The translator may wish to state explicitly the action of seeing once again here in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) From dd842a8552e6debe6c4b6398ad00c3c24aa2c3fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:07:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 40c2b0dc49..fc726c5c0e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νε REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" -REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye \n\n\n\nSince people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word eye is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Here, **even those who pierced him** assumes the prior action verb of every eye seeing Jesus Christ come with the clouds. However, the writer leaves out the repetition of the action verb of seeing here, although the act of seeing is assumed. This is type of omission is known as ellipsis. The translator may wish to state explicitly the action of seeing once again here in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) From 7639435e69f4a421b06e6532cc1c2ed70be9a4fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:11:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fc726c5c0e..1c6d76c6db 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νε REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" -REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word eye is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n +REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word eye is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Here, **even those who pierced him** assumes the prior action verb of every eye seeing Jesus Christ come with the clouds. However, the writer leaves out the repetition of the action verb of seeing here, although the act of seeing is assumed. This is type of omission is known as ellipsis. The translator may wish to state explicitly the action of seeing once again here in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) From 26d1258e5995c3eab6aca045f41aea1d7aa941bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:12:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1c6d76c6db..5dac587639 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 1447062c3d4bebae106c5e9929eb79a556b6a2ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:19:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5dac587639..defd7d5a04 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νε REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" -REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word eye is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Here, **even those who pierced him** assumes the prior action verb of every eye seeing Jesus Christ come with the clouds. However, the writer leaves out the repetition of the action verb of seeing here, although the act of seeing is assumed. This is type of omission is known as ellipsis. The translator may wish to state explicitly the action of seeing once again here in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** represents a stronger or more assertive form of simply the word **Amen**. The word **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word **Amen**. Alternate translations: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” From 703088c1fc4c2f1e0424dbd0e6cdd4d79156b789 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:21:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index defd7d5a04..93d17d06fe 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Here, **even those who pierced him** assumes the prior action verb of every eye seeing Jesus Christ come with the clouds. However, the writer leaves out the repetition of the action verb of seeing here, although the act of seeing is assumed. This is type of omission is known as ellipsis. The translator may wish to state explicitly the action of seeing once again here in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** represents a stronger or more assertive form of simply the word **Amen**. The word **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word **Amen**. Alternate translations: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c8c1b9a696d04400fc30c692b19727d76631b9be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:22:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 93d17d06fe..6b4deca387 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** represents a stronger or more assertive form of simply the word **Amen**. The word **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word **Amen**. Alternate translations: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From da34c8ba3f2ba59347645de7327f3e15a9f51bb6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:25:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6b4deca387..947a95e035 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 7 s0rd ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** represents a stronger or more assertive form of simply the word **Amen**. The word **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word **Amen**. Alternate translations: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” +REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** are two words that mean basically the same thing. Yes affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, Amen. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n\n\nHere, the phrase **Yes, Amen** represents a stronger or more assertive form of simply the word **Amen**. The word **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word **Amen**. Alternate translations: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) From dfee0e9ef0359b6934208527f9810f67be63c183 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:29:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 947a95e035..a39aeb9c15 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** are two words that mean basically the same thing. Yes affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, Amen. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n\n\nHere, the phrase **Yes, Amen** represents a stronger or more assertive form of simply the word **Amen**. The word **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word **Amen**. Alternate translations: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n +REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) From ff890484a2c4261928ae78568c1542dbd56d835e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:32:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a39aeb9c15..d3a3b35728 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +REV 1 8 ufix 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) From 8ad6dc6c88a9e8500ecceeb39214eb944c1c14b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:34:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d3a3b35728..acc0b5f5d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 8 ufix 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” +REV 1 8 ufix 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) From a67bc17c7777a7bf2de4a00ca2dae1ae00e3930f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 11:37:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index acc0b5f5d5..d3f88c7a0d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 8 ufix 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" -REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" +REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** figuratively signifies that God exists in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fa5950eb7670480e9c8cb30eb0a3a175465fa0a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 12:00:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d3f88c7a0d..c2646310a6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** h REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n\n\n\n\n REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** figuratively signifies that God exists in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 9a9aa322327e151d091531fc519e166db63eae30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 12:02:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c2646310a6..d3f88c7a0d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** h REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n\n\n\n\n +REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** figuratively signifies that God exists in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From eea0c81a94a080fcfb16b7f1bfd44c2eb7bfd4b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:48:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d3f88c7a0d..2afe3d6cf2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown w REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty among commentators as to what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 851546befc1759bcb6abfeb71b0823c482e17856 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:03:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2afe3d6cf2..5c6e42567b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" -REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** figuratively signifies that God exists in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fc9a2f23d5d7fde94bb6171dac89d61e0b5c33df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:07:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5c6e42567b..1c450249f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** h REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** figuratively signifies that God exists in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From b65dadbd33debb7c5f6f2f1fd937bd050f0477ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:11:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1c450249f2..ab6a95b00c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** figuratively signifies that God exists in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 9 p7ii ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ, ἐγενόμην 1 I, John—your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus—was You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “I, John, am your brother who shares with you in God’s kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was” From ff30ac5ece5b858fb3a079456bb24d09aef32426 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:14:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ab6a95b00c..89006210f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ. 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 9 p7ii ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ, ἐγενόμην 1 I, John—your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus—was You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “I, John, am your brother who shares with you in God’s kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was” REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in the book of Revelation (i.e. chapters one, two, and three). The seven assemblies of believers mentioned in Revelation were in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From a84e6c510406c81981a6e85b3d029484dd707ac6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:16:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 89006210f6..28dffe3fe0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ. 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 9 p7ii ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ, ἐγενόμην 1 I, John—your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus—was You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “I, John, am your brother who shares with you in God’s kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was” REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in the book of Revelation (i.e. chapters one, two, and three). The seven assemblies of believers mentioned in Revelation were in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 5331d3d7eb873c7b594aa38d3a8165869c1c7769 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:19:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 28dffe3fe0..bcc7823cd2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, 'I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.'" REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 958dd6a4df4a849d56088604920150bd4998885c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:20:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index bcc7823cd2..99838c6e94 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, 'I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.'" +REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: "The Lord God says, 'I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.'" REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From dff1cd01af27d059946bec8c3dd863ba7edef16f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:22:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 99838c6e94..2c45091fd7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντ REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: "The Lord God says, 'I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.'" +REV 1 8 c96p ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: "The Lord God says, 'I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.'" REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 3a7bd35c06b9ab2e9dbd6c35d611e30688036ea0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:37:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2c45091fd7..68da620126 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -56,9 +56,8 @@ REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 1 9 p7ii ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ, ἐγενόμην 1 I, John—your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus—was You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “I, John, am your brother who shares with you in God’s kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was” -REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in the book of Revelation (i.e. chapters one, two, and three). The seven assemblies of believers mentioned in Revelation were in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: "I … am experiencing affliction with you …" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. One might translate **kingdom** with the idea behind the abstract noun by some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God Here, **the word of God** refers to both the preaching of the gospel as well as the proclamation of this book of Revelation’s prophecy by the author John through the direct attestation of Jesus Christ personally to him. John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because I communicated to others the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the book’s author John. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus has given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 416f666cf35c07b30734240f6e973da8696253cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:41:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 68da620126..4753c79d9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγε REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: "I … am experiencing affliction with you …" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. One might translate **kingdom** with the idea behind the abstract noun by some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God Here, **the word of God** refers to both the preaching of the gospel as well as the proclamation of this book of Revelation’s prophecy by the author John through the direct attestation of Jesus Christ personally to him. John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because I communicated to others the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the book’s author John. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus has given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 5a3b825f5866c66c36ef010c08970fdad03891cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:48:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4753c79d9b..700223d20d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: "I … am experiencing affliction with you …" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God Here, **the word of God** refers to both the preaching of the gospel as well as the proclamation of this book of Revelation’s prophecy by the author John through the direct attestation of Jesus Christ personally to him. John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because I communicated to others the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the book’s author John. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus has given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. From c7ddad4261ce4ebab20bde9ce02ab5dde50ecd40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:52:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 700223d20d..8e0da670c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμ REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the book’s author John. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus has given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n\n\nJohn is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the book’s author John. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus has given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 1c0c0704ead3a93b30f113ca0f5b5d1eff5ba778 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:52:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8e0da670c6..ef8b34cbe7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμ REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n\n\nJohn is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the book’s author John. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus has given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 180de63fac01232cce7bf4f599a53bfa07708ff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:55:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ef8b34cbe7..853bee9d04 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμ REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n +REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 225d63f8444b5904272831d1c2c702635522aa7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:57:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 853bee9d04..50e2fe200f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is p REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n -REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\nHere, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. This figure of speech is what is known as a metonymy of effect in that the person who speaks and utters a voice is represented by his **voice**. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9124ece8f52359d526b9272d189796a4e8746799 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:58:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 50e2fe200f..6b7b8175f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is p REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n -REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\nHere, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by God’s Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. This figure of speech is what is known as a metonymy of effect in that the person who speaks and utters a voice is represented by his **voice**. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f5716a95d2982b3a84f2ca7169c96d16dafe958b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:02:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6b7b8175f1..337e2556e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase **who is coming** in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: "I … am experiencing affliction with you …" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n From 3fd00205b202807c5f66c1408393370138a9ccbe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:09:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 337e2556e9..3f68070425 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. +REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, the Lord’s day refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that the Lord’s day here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n\n\nHere, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. This figure of speech is what is known as a metonymy of effect in that the person who speaks and utters a voice is represented by his **voice**. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a wind instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. In the Old Testament, a **trumpet** was a ram’s horn, but in the New Testament time period the wind instrument evolved into a metallic form for the trumpet, just like it exists now in modern times. The translator must decide, if translating in a culture that has no trumpets, whether there exists some other equivalent wind instrument or simply some other means of gathering people for a public gathering. From cfc79a41c21a7d4a94b689daf5c884b95b03a5a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:14:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3f68070425..f05f1c0cde 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, the Lord’s day refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that the Lord’s day here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n\n\nHere, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of John’s writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lord’s day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation. +REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord's day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord's day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. This figure of speech is what is known as a metonymy of effect in that the person who speaks and utters a voice is represented by his **voice**. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a wind instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. In the Old Testament, a **trumpet** was a ram’s horn, but in the New Testament time period the wind instrument evolved into a metallic form for the trumpet, just like it exists now in modern times. The translator must decide, if translating in a culture that has no trumpets, whether there exists some other equivalent wind instrument or simply some other means of gathering people for a public gathering. From 7b054c9d4f13dce764db2cbf248a2d6905c28713 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:16:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f05f1c0cde..6df24de1c2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 becaus REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord's day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord's day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. This figure of speech is what is known as a metonymy of effect in that the person who speaks and utters a voice is represented by his **voice**. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a wind instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. In the Old Testament, a **trumpet** was a ram’s horn, but in the New Testament time period the wind instrument evolved into a metallic form for the trumpet, just like it exists now in modern times. The translator must decide, if translating in a culture that has no trumpets, whether there exists some other equivalent wind instrument or simply some other means of gathering people for a public gathering. REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** refers to the **voice** of the previous verse 1:10, although the **voice** is only implied and not stated explicitly. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it said to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 755db75bd8e81af151f78068b5dedd66bed818a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:18:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6df24de1c2..490b8135d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testi REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord's day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord's day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. This figure of speech is what is known as a metonymy of effect in that the person who speaks and utters a voice is represented by his **voice**. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ.\n\n\nAlternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a wind instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. In the Old Testament, a **trumpet** was a ram’s horn, but in the New Testament time period the wind instrument evolved into a metallic form for the trumpet, just like it exists now in modern times. The translator must decide, if translating in a culture that has no trumpets, whether there exists some other equivalent wind instrument or simply some other means of gathering people for a public gathering. REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** refers to the **voice** of the previous verse 1:10, although the **voice** is only implied and not stated explicitly. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it said to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 11 d87d βιβλίον 1 Here, **a scroll** refers to a roll made up of sliced fibers from the papyrus plant. Papyrus was actually less expensive in comparison to parchment, which was made of animal skins. From b537e09e32200f007e36dc6edef1f2f6920b9f66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:20:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 490b8135d5..53453219b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testi REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord's day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord's day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ.\n\n\nAlternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a wind instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. In the Old Testament, a **trumpet** was a ram’s horn, but in the New Testament time period the wind instrument evolved into a metallic form for the trumpet, just like it exists now in modern times. The translator must decide, if translating in a culture that has no trumpets, whether there exists some other equivalent wind instrument or simply some other means of gathering people for a public gathering. REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** refers to the **voice** of the previous verse 1:10, although the **voice** is only implied and not stated explicitly. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it said to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 11 d87d βιβλίον 1 Here, **a scroll** refers to a roll made up of sliced fibers from the papyrus plant. Papyrus was actually less expensive in comparison to parchment, which was made of animal skins. From a104dd66ba78e74bcc48733b7a42fa91a67df7bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:26:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 53453219b4..e16861a60a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord's day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord's day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a wind instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. In the Old Testament, a **trumpet** was a ram’s horn, but in the New Testament time period the wind instrument evolved into a metallic form for the trumpet, just like it exists now in modern times. The translator must decide, if translating in a culture that has no trumpets, whether there exists some other equivalent wind instrument or simply some other means of gathering people for a public gathering. -REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** refers to the **voice** of the previous verse 1:10, although the **voice** is only implied and not stated explicitly. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it said to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n REV 1 11 d87d βιβλίον 1 Here, **a scroll** refers to a roll made up of sliced fibers from the papyrus plant. Papyrus was actually less expensive in comparison to parchment, which was made of animal skins. REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice The **voice** refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c35357f6acc0aaffbdcd091a79b4af46259ba04a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:29:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e16861a60a..475d057117 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord's day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord's day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -REV 1 11 d87d βιβλίον 1 Here, **a scroll** refers to a roll made up of sliced fibers from the papyrus plant. Papyrus was actually less expensive in comparison to parchment, which was made of animal skins. +REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice The **voice** refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse of Revelation 1:11. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 2cba502e571c457a66ce604e8ce50a650ef32000 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:32:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 475d057117..521e8e325b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty among commentators as to what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From bd36de657979ddcc60347021d1daefe249e8fa04 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:32:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 521e8e325b..0582cbc940 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty among commentators as to what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From db904944d8dd787d3b03f2a3b48dad05ac0812c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:34:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0582cbc940..623bf08bf1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀ REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” From 71c15b84599eb7916f9d2bdefeea147721a4950d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:36:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 623bf08bf1..8a1e768f05 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. The figure of speech is a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From b41df54cb6b3a7242b628bd4d61d539384acdc9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:38:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8a1e768f05..e892d610b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. The Greek text does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following words in the context describe the matter of contention. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From ed5d98ab53732c6698e10d1c0da88320c839fa85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:09:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e892d610b5..dd349a2f10 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, the phrase **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches. Alternatively, **the angels of the seven churches** are (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. If **the angels** are human messengers, then, they could either be leaders of the seven churches or they could be the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. +REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches Here, the **seven churches** refers to seven assemblies of believers which actually existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of these **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel which protects the church at Ephesus. Alternatively, this **angel** is (2) a human messenger which is sent to the seven churches. If **the angel** is a human messenger, then it could refer to a leader of the church at Ephesus or, perhaps, to the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church at Ephesus. Note that verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) would suggest the need for messengers to be sent to each of the seven churches in their seven cities. The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. Note the translation of **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). From c9c7783c6cb5979d10560cf50b53fa302a5ce0b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:13:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dd349a2f10..e181b6c46d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches Here, the **seven churches** refers to seven assemblies of believers which actually existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of these **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel which protects the church at Ephesus. Alternatively, this **angel** is (2) a human messenger which is sent to the seven churches. If **the angel** is a human messenger, then it could refer to a leader of the church at Ephesus or, perhaps, to the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church at Ephesus. Note that verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) would suggest the need for messengers to be sent to each of the seven churches in their seven cities. The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. Note the translation of **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). From 78c44f2b50c22c318c509e84f5952b11aa2dd60b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:15:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e181b6c46d..6215eeb492 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 He REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches Here, the **seven churches** refers to seven assemblies of believers which actually existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of these **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). +REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel which protects the church at Ephesus. Alternatively, this **angel** is (2) a human messenger which is sent to the seven churches. If **the angel** is a human messenger, then it could refer to a leader of the church at Ephesus or, perhaps, to the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church at Ephesus. Note that verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) would suggest the need for messengers to be sent to each of the seven churches in their seven cities. The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. Note the translation of **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From ae1cfe8d3ec4737d9dfd775a098485d4cdb039f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:18:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6215eeb492..1275a2ec86 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. -REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel which protects the church at Ephesus. Alternatively, this **angel** is (2) a human messenger which is sent to the seven churches. If **the angel** is a human messenger, then it could refer to a leader of the church at Ephesus or, perhaps, to the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church at Ephesus. Note that verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) would suggest the need for messengers to be sent to each of the seven churches in their seven cities. The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. Note the translation of **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). +REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n\n\nHere, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel which protects the church at Ephesus. Alternatively, this **angel** is (2) a human messenger which is sent to the seven churches. If **the angel** is a human messenger, then it could refer to a leader of the church at Ephesus or, perhaps, to the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church at Ephesus. Note that verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) would suggest the need for messengers to be sent to each of the seven churches in their seven cities. The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. Note the translation of **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 81cc1d98c60bd077318a2bfff47958ec04e81c44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:24:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1275a2ec86..c578bde969 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. -REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n\n\nHere, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel which protects the church at Ephesus. Alternatively, this **angel** is (2) a human messenger which is sent to the seven churches. If **the angel** is a human messenger, then it could refer to a leader of the church at Ephesus or, perhaps, to the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church at Ephesus. Note that verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) would suggest the need for messengers to be sent to each of the seven churches in their seven cities. The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. Note the translation of **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). +REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 6117c1fe076ef051a8dce237209c03489e0b0c37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:27:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c578bde969..36e51791f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. -REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) +REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n\n\nHere, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 87a4e6faf4e0dc562236f99b07a13b3599f4497c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:27:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 36e51791f9..44e3d4d7ee 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. -REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n\n\nHere, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) +REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n\n\nHere, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 0122050bf8b357b505b92005d72900498dc564d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:28:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 44e3d4d7ee..4cf67df6c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. -REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n\n\nHere, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) +REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 5b79648bcdef1acfd517b5ff483cf4d8333ce310 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:29:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4cf67df6c4..23eef249cb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. -REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n +REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).\nAlternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From e238dcf020c2f20144119d3644d919bd28b37ddb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:30:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 23eef249cb..8a7a984357 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. -REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).\nAlternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). +REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 485c18f27fd52009bd585becfc6fa47c0277d8c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:31:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8a7a984357..93131ca090 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. -REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n +REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 9af8f89891d0b1fd0c36d91776371a94609a1f93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:32:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 93131ca090..3d0691f2ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. -REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n +REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6b9182fadccee2f983dcfebd6c77f32c48f2c706 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:32:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3d0691f2ba..f6b106e89e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. -REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).\n +REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From fa4581501ef49dfb1a8568b902af773fe35227fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:34:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f6b106e89e..5539893509 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” -REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. +REV 2 8 is3w καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From d984a96a410615f43bb1fecbbb2f1237f27b22e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:36:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5539893509..a4a5245fe4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” -REV 2 8 is3w καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. +REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. Smyrna is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From cf8399ea43b1e70d8636d5d58520313f8fae4260 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:37:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a4a5245fe4..cd0fb5e38c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” -REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. Smyrna is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. Smyrna is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 2a3a72c53704f73d48918d85d52e8fc9470bdf25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:38:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cd0fb5e38c..e7ecea054f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” -REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. Smyrna is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 528c65702d82cd1a712a97128237fbacd4ecd441 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:39:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e7ecea054f..e79cbc1c0b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησι REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 lampstands The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 20837d681f8b4e89c8ef171bcf33446f2eb0e4ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:42:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e79cbc1c0b..efd70e6f1b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησι REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 lampstands The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From ff3a896b5d77334f40a021f6fdf3ea1afb985075 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:45:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index efd70e6f1b..771567cc62 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 72696a22cbdc08aae037653210fc2b2183777d35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:49:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 771567cc62..903e375960 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown w REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonym καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 figs-metonym\nAlternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ed4ec3c5ed5457a363f66c8ac5fbd12039681c34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:50:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 903e375960..eec7fa0e14 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonym καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 figs-metonym\nAlternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n -REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 34f606473c9063263ea032352d9d76b5040787c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:54:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index eec7fa0e14..f0639d5382 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonym καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 figs-metonym\nAlternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n +REV 2 5 hlyf writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9e0da4d30a2bde337e288b2149dad692827e583f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:56:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f0639d5382..ddc90c6d6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonym καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 figs-metonym\nAlternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n -REV 2 5 hlyf writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 +REV 2 5 hlyf writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you**\n\n REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 70fa54763d2256bf1f489ecfaeb5a46488e09d8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:01:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ddc90c6d6d..f960b755b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown w REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonym καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 figs-metonym\nAlternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n +REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n REV 2 5 hlyf writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you**\n\n REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 9de0885c037ca139fbe9de5c4a5490ac474b57fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:02:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f960b755b9..868400116a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n -REV 2 5 hlyf writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you**\n\n +REV 2 5 hlyf ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you**\n\n REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From bf708dfadf56c4bdff5a3e9a274295e0a8700f35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:12:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 868400116a..c1cd3b6a4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n -REV 2 5 hlyf ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you**\n\n +REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9c98de93ae3b988061c86f2fb9c18c844e38a832 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:16:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c1cd3b6a4f..be04dca034 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n -REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n +REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 2e191265ec1e35d4bf5db7654e857f54a8626c85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:20:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index be04dca034..64f466118a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n -REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n +REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. The translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From fa1dcab82515bfc6e4a2efb19a174901661c46ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:21:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 64f466118a..275b54c912 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n -REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. The translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n +REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. The translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From abf1cae781fea662fc4fce915753ee5189fd070e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:27:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 275b54c912..80783b0d23 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n -REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. The translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 12a4c482a76c629dbdb3d257cb68f71a00da245c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:31:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 80783b0d23..a293a871c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown w REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Alternate translation: “and do the first behaviors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n +REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From a2ddca4017050cc2f19a9bbb55c22d7ead842bdc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:46:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a293a871c9..2eb0545aba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against y REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In this case, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b6f46f1f7ab5f4d82275620c6896252133108521 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:49:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2eb0545aba..1c625a7bb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 9258c8f84d4e23d5ee2840310e08d98c911dd0ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:51:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1c625a7bb7..7a0d63d7e4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice The **voice** refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice**\nHere, voice refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse of Revelation 1:11. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The figure of speech is that of a comparison by a simile. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From d3e5964ea2b987b97b3d90970ad07da08dab01f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:51:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7a0d63d7e4..836948215c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice**\nHere, voice refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse of Revelation 1:11. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The figure of speech is that of a comparison by a simile. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From f6ee9d2d9301c2fcb3db3ac8b177a9bd1d34b06c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:52:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 836948215c..3e5c279f98 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse of Revelation 1:11. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The figure of speech is that of a comparison by a simile. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From a36f90d6e0f850b4f254721630ff67650d5338fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:54:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3e5c279f98..7519f76cf8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse of Revelation 1:11. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The figure of speech is that of a comparison by a simile. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” From 7995871ed153124a921165c549bf20fdbd078bc6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:00:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7519f76cf8..f048bd0b68 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The figure of speech is that of a comparison by a simile. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**. The double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 1ba85a1abdb264b192cbea127e26fae2f9362406 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:01:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f048bd0b68..b90434ea9d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**. The double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 0417bbac8a122314d571e833a68e3a77ae40828b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:11:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b90434ea9d..d20128acd3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -70,9 +70,8 @@ REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρ REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” -REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**. The double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**. The double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 The repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 19e3a56f3830f1b0cdc97079f5cb76138c74d39d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:12:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d20128acd3..e88d4b8d18 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, ** REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” -REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**. The double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**.\nThe point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. \nThe double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 The repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 742eb37d7ba2b33d3991280559bc9d47409c5931 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:14:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e88d4b8d18..25355ab804 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, ** REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” -REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**.\nThe point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. \nThe double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**.\nThe point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow” \nThe double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 The repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 66d53b4d5f853415783cacc4c76996aadd8d84dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:14:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 25355ab804..48ce0579dc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, ** REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” -REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**.\nThe point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow” \nThe double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow” \nThe double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 The repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 60ec77f08e4d3a449673a823a34dd18a636930c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:16:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 48ce0579dc..180f6fac1b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, ** REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” -REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow” \nThe double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a simile’s manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 The repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 7b2a539ffa573f34fede97c80035b57d2b92de63 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:30:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 180f6fac1b..fc9dcc8e5e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden l REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 The repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 \n\nThe repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze Here, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From e5991ebd3d737dedd1b549f46d65656386373642 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:32:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fc9dcc8e5e..b67f637423 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden l REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 \n\nThe repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "extremely white like wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze Here, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 7cc1c2de3c9ab9604dc2cdbb67e9dcfb9d7e78e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:53:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b67f637423..b0f4002a60 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of ma REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "extremely white like wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white. +REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze Here, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) From 794af7ce63527ea2a0c7b656cdef53d407f328e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:57:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b0f4002a60..82285a022e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip o REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "extremely white like wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. \nThe point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. \n\nAlternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze Here, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 1b4a3eae3e0b75ecf690624f461d558c8426cd6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:01:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 82285a022e..30d377f270 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip o REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "extremely white like wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. \nThe point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. \n\nAlternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze Here, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From be574d7f797dcfebd3187bd59684df2744202636 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:15:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 30d377f270..63b23ace16 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τ REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "extremely white like wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze Here, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\nHere, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 3c073923931383b1012281c08b609f9273f78304 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:17:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 63b23ace16..619df62f7f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τ REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "extremely white like wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\nHere, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figure’s feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 21d2a6937d5a658b7d9edab40fcd4410ce3eb5a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:21:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 619df62f7f..218c72c48c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n -REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, \nand the hot fire would make the metal refined by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])\n\n\nin it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 0c95890f440a5fbea30e753e292bbf41398e9eb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:23:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 218c72c48c..406b2cd944 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n -REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, \nand the hot fire would make the metal refined by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])\n\n\nin it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 7f9a4af32cf696baf2b034911497342bbd762e73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:26:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 406b2cd944..0ffb6165b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a shee REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters \n\n\n\nThe **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” From 43c6e7da1707a9df16e09d88126bb8563b1cf3c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:26:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0ffb6165b7..e7a86011c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a shee REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters \n\n\n\nThe **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that the sound of his voice was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nThe **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” From 7cddb366242c969ee0f2f2bfb794b8891cc86107 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:32:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e7a86011c7..9054083c7c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a shee REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that the sound of his voice was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nThe **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voice’s great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” From d90c5bb6c19db4ac6efa7f66f25d40a69db9fba9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:38:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9054083c7c..70e29499e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 2bdc65a35808066266cdc4b8546e66c5cdb68293 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:39:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 70e29499e3..2596015cdf 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" +REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 3af7b3ef2982b8f6b69bbffe777cd608628ea751 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:42:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2596015cdf..2d391e5bdb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκο REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" -REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 0807c51c662e8e94116641f630e7c49478e2890e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:43:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2d391e5bdb..d548eb0601 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκο REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" -REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From f209955c0697ee83d2f7cea7c929da788e93e820 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:44:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d548eb0601..ed76fb9c1a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκο REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" -REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 629654afd3714443957cc81390181867f1bec5ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:46:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ed76fb9c1a..7954d7c388 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκο REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" -REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the \nthe churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: “and exercising authority over the stars” (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in John 10:28. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n\nstars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 4ac657036e9b6901c75428ccf2588a62e1fa3d79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:48:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7954d7c388..535fb2ca57 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκο REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" -REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the \nthe churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: “and exercising authority over the stars” (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in John 10:28. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n\nstars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md).\nAlternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n\nstars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From b258a5d226ec09060b9ed883fcfc5942256a0c03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:50:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 535fb2ca57..a84609963e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκο REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" -REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md).\nAlternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n\nstars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 7cbcfdbf1670aa113881142d7a58789b9cd52fff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:53:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a84609963e..6dab8de4ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν κα REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” +REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: "a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth" \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 vz4u translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 7686ecb417dc1c1060786959b008d8bf35a2e9c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:54:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 162/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6dab8de4ab..a3bfcfe2c2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν κα REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: "a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth" \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 pp58 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: "a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth" \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 vz4u translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From d2fb835cae2189762ad2c5836740a3c99f56aade Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 19:58:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 163/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a3bfcfe2c2..74e19273f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτω REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: "a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth" \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day.\nIf your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 vz4u translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 6bb325038b411c52f465797e3854849d0d635e97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:03:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 164/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 74e19273f9..ead5c665f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should b REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 pp58 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: "a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth" \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day.\nIf your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man This phrase describes John laying down with his face toward the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cultural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. Alternate translation: "fell down at his feet like a dead man to show his fear and respect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 vz4u translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus in a figure of expression known as a merism. This is to say, Jesus Christ exists in nature eternally in that he existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of the entirety of a concept. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the ordinals **first** and **last**. However, in the prior verse of [1:8](../01/08.md), the metaphor for eternity was described in terms of the Greek alphabet. In other words, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. Yet, in this context here, the parts at the extremities are simply the ordinal numbers **first** and **last**. The translator may wish to find an equivalent phrase to express a merism in the culture of his target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From c40cf2bdeaa4dd30ec02d5e828bdce37dec932f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:05:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ead5c665f4..1edcc1bb88 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χε REV 1 16 pp58 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: "a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth" \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day.\nIf your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man This phrase describes John laying down with his face toward the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cultural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. Alternate translation: "fell down at his feet like a dead man to show his fear and respect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 1 17 vz4u translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus in a figure of expression known as a merism. This is to say, Jesus Christ exists in nature eternally in that he existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of the entirety of a concept. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the ordinals **first** and **last**. However, in the prior verse of [1:8](../01/08.md), the metaphor for eternity was described in terms of the Greek alphabet. In other words, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. Yet, in this context here, the parts at the extremities are simply the ordinal numbers **first** and **last**. The translator may wish to find an equivalent phrase to express a merism in the culture of his target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the one who lives** is a common description of God in both the Old and New Testaments. Essentially this common divine title is a phrase which communicates the notion that God has immortal life in his essential nature. In contrast to God, who lives in immortal essence and in his very being as the living God, mortal humans die because of their sinful nature. The translator may wish to find an equivalent description of God to express his immortal or eternal life as part of his essence or being. Alternate translation: “the living one” or “the one who gives life” From 68e0ece3b37dd9592f84fa329fac2d8a77ffb238 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:09:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 167/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1edcc1bb88..7eded7a692 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυν REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man This phrase describes John laying down with his face toward the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cultural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. Alternate translation: "fell down at his feet like a dead man to show his fear and respect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus in a figure of expression known as a merism. This is to say, Jesus Christ exists in nature eternally in that he existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of the entirety of a concept. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the ordinals **first** and **last**. However, in the prior verse of [1:8](../01/08.md), the metaphor for eternity was described in terms of the Greek alphabet. In other words, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. Yet, in this context here, the parts at the extremities are simply the ordinal numbers **first** and **last**. The translator may wish to find an equivalent phrase to express a merism in the culture of his target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])\n\n\n\n\n\n\n in a figure of expression known as a merism. This is to say, Jesus Christ exists in nature eternally in that he existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of the entirety of a concept. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the ordinals **first** and **last**. However, in the prior verse of [1:8](../01/08.md), the metaphor for eternity was described in terms of the Greek alphabet. In other words, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. Yet, in this context here, the parts at the extremities are simply the ordinal numbers **first** and **last**. The translator may wish to find an equivalent phrase to express a merism in the culture of his target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the one who lives** is a common description of God in both the Old and New Testaments. Essentially this common divine title is a phrase which communicates the notion that God has immortal life in his essential nature. In contrast to God, who lives in immortal essence and in his very being as the living God, mortal humans die because of their sinful nature. The translator may wish to find an equivalent description of God to express his immortal or eternal life as part of his essence or being. Alternate translation: “the living one” or “the one who gives life” REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Here, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 13359a95723334c20b6ce420f55c2817035c89c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:10:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7eded7a692..713889fc79 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυν REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man This phrase describes John laying down with his face toward the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cultural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. Alternate translation: "fell down at his feet like a dead man to show his fear and respect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])\n\n\n\n\n\n\n in a figure of expression known as a merism. This is to say, Jesus Christ exists in nature eternally in that he existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of the entirety of a concept. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the ordinals **first** and **last**. However, in the prior verse of [1:8](../01/08.md), the metaphor for eternity was described in terms of the Greek alphabet. In other words, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. Yet, in this context here, the parts at the extremities are simply the ordinal numbers **first** and **last**. The translator may wish to find an equivalent phrase to express a merism in the culture of his target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the one who lives** is a common description of God in both the Old and New Testaments. Essentially this common divine title is a phrase which communicates the notion that God has immortal life in his essential nature. In contrast to God, who lives in immortal essence and in his very being as the living God, mortal humans die because of their sinful nature. The translator may wish to find an equivalent description of God to express his immortal or eternal life as part of his essence or being. Alternate translation: “the living one” or “the one who gives life” REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Here, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1166ea227b5b104501d03cd4eb2152e2705fae9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:17:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 713889fc79..4b72cee50b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας α REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the one who lives** is a common description of God in both the Old and New Testaments. Essentially this common divine title is a phrase which communicates the notion that God has immortal life in his essential nature. In contrast to God, who lives in immortal essence and in his very being as the living God, mortal humans die because of their sinful nature. The translator may wish to find an equivalent description of God to express his immortal or eternal life as part of his essence or being. Alternate translation: “the living one” or “the one who gives life” +REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Here, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. As stated in the previous note, **keys** are a symbol of power or authority over something, since keys represent the ability to control a door, whether to open it or to lock it. The translator may wish to make the symbolic and cultural implications of having **keys** explicit by indicating the power or authority of controlling such items. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 6e4a6bf2dd20da3d90decabc8250e57c352375d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:19:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4b72cee50b..3a02eb1d11 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐ REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** \n\n\nis a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Here, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. As stated in the previous note, **keys** are a symbol of power or authority over something, since keys represent the ability to control a door, whether to open it or to lock it. The translator may wish to make the symbolic and cultural implications of having **keys** explicit by indicating the power or authority of controlling such items. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) From a5e7c098a61658f87df0d74a351cbca3c5ecba69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:21:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3a02eb1d11..832708688c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐ REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** \n\n\nis a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Here, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. As stated in the previous note, **keys** are a symbol of power or authority over something, since keys represent the ability to control a door, whether to open it or to lock it. The translator may wish to make the symbolic and cultural implications of having **keys** explicit by indicating the power or authority of controlling such items. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) From c724b08364b0173a8d78e266b686571bcfef8343 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:24:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 174/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 832708688c..1aa548e592 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν α REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Here, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n\nHere, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. As stated in the previous note, **keys** are a symbol of power or authority over something, since keys represent the ability to control a door, whether to open it or to lock it. The translator may wish to make the symbolic and cultural implications of having **keys** explicit by indicating the power or authority of controlling such items. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, the entire clause **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) From ada4285b7dfc27ef89bc6b40ca6a3f6750788e02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:25:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 175/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1aa548e592..12e77ad9c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν α REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n\nHere, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. As stated in the previous note, **keys** are a symbol of power or authority over something, since keys represent the ability to control a door, whether to open it or to lock it. The translator may wish to make the symbolic and cultural implications of having **keys** explicit by indicating the power or authority of controlling such items. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, the entire clause **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) From bc968bb295cd16ad4e28c15307c03736e8bfa689 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:27:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 176/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 12e77ad9c4..e07b266bcd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσ REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. As stated in the previous note, **keys** are a symbol of power or authority over something, since keys represent the ability to control a door, whether to open it or to lock it. The translator may wish to make the symbolic and cultural implications of having **keys** explicit by indicating the power or authority of controlling such items. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, the entire clause **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” From b59683d7e3886fd709517ec606b9eecabc008c05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:28:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 177/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e07b266bcd..a45157f9ef 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐ REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** here denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) From 2b3774286f72ce6e32c9ea94db22a98f83c75dac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:33:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 178/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a45157f9ef..be8470b953 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 He REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** here denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\nin the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, the entire clause **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 3fb18167ef0d5f8e471cb81bee507be6a8638673 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:34:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 179/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index be8470b953..c8964c9034 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 He REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** here denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\nin the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, the entire clause **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 46295b27bf081299f5bf97c6c428327f64df9798 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:36:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c8964c9034..8d1a23e413 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** here denotes the ac REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, the entire clause **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 1a83e2dc33083abe2ee49daffede565e4d093fab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:41:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 181/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8d1a23e413..1c032637ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** here denotes the ac REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 84e85dd8f9972c34cbe1d7c5dc4e5643ae601882 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:43:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1c032637ce..52e2d40078 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” +REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers\nto a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the seven stars. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n\nmeans “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From b2e57d9edefb3cc16ac96c4306a52d6f032f9d2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:46:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 185/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 52e2d40078..d9514ff83c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers\nto a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the seven stars. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n\nmeans “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” +REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the seven stars. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2718b660c06ddcfe0e4117b13f70fc82f20c247f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:48:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 187/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d9514ff83c..eb2a365499 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the seven stars. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 887b6b04416e9f95a8c2ded3a64272d83eadf30e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:50:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index eb2a365499..30b30af7fd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars \n\n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). From a44fb55ead2af675cff5985ae6e5b5a52d504487 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:50:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 189/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 30b30af7fd..58c4b9a0a7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars \n\n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). From 6d34b8bb566779be36e4205566d89a6d57b48c8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:51:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 58c4b9a0a7..8150d703b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). From 99c1a3eba4790c338e39af76a486af8c0dacc979 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:52:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8150d703b4..dcc57610e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍ REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. From 849d083aa19a72f4ee3659ab807c049fd4ed9ff5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:57:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 193/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dcc57610e1..62fee0d214 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍ REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. From a2edd6b36c95c9619ea52d133cdd62e14be18ad9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 09:28:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 62fee0d214..55ef32cdb9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 318396411eb13713a546112d0302a7989b7dc59d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 09:41:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 55ef32cdb9..604b423469 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -117,6 +117,7 @@ REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fal REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 46862e36ca7c46746837187e3a2e6ed9b7631d81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 09:50:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 604b423469..1aaa94f634 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fal REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 +REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 a metaphor in which "this" (= hatred of the deeds of the Nicolaitans) is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have.\n\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From ee9c7c1ad83fd7712504050532c9e8025e8db4b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 09:57:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1aaa94f634..5f8aa425de 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fal REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 a metaphor in which "this" (= hatred of the deeds of the Nicolaitans) is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have.\n\n +REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation:\n\n\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 59c3dee8169dba42fe98baea8276800906c44012 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:00:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5f8aa425de..d3e1d02f73 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fal REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation:\n\n\n +REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "But this is to your credit" or "But here is a good thing you are doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 73eac15fb7635aeef7edb268f6989d89d957895a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:22:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d3e1d02f73..fda0422bcc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "But this is to your credit" or "But here is a good thing you are doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” From 5c65329dd8081d70ed116387d38d1de334f2164a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:23:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fda0422bcc..1d44d4cab7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "But this is to your credit" or "But here is a good thing you are doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n +REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” From ba624d0df086bdf4d88943a7ec34bacdb09ce651 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:25:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1d44d4cab7..ca6cf3b195 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "But this is to your credit" or "But here is a good thing you are doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” From 705953a8615f1649dc86e85d23c59866ac87e55d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:31:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 206/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ca6cf3b195..751206c3aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "But this is to your credit" or "But here is a good thing you are doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” From 5938c75eb2cf129bc882574c2dd875698116685a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:42:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 751206c3aa..d7dd4d9848 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "But this is to your credit" or "But here is a good thing you are doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 2b18effb690dcc74f391237c7833b84241bf7842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:47:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 209/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d7dd4d9848..5624e9525e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you hav REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties. Alternate translation: “To anyone who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). From a72d76735eceb308811e0e237ba47769035474f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 10:53:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5624e9525e..ae860216b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you hav REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties. Alternate translation: “To anyone who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). From 3119591b4c62b2b383354ac2670baa414e928936 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 12:23:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ae860216b3..94f880bd2f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus Christ** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). From f4edfba23b5da0b4db2ee1fd4e7667f38be5d9e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 12:29:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 214/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 94f880bd2f..16b0961c90 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus Christ** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **tree** as giving or bestowing **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). From 860b9cb8ab382895986cb53130e9907c058fa3e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:21:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2077bdf028..7fca8aab42 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Peter

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)

* Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
* Command to be holy (1:13–21)
* Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)

* How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
* How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
* The end is near (4:7–11)

1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)

* How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)
* Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)

1. Conclusion (5:12–14)

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?

The author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])

### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?

Peter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How were Christians treated in Rome?

Peter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?

“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)\n\n * Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)\n * Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n * Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n\n1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)\n\n * How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n * How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n * The end is near (4:7–11)\n\n1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n\n * How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n * Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n\n1. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)
4. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at that time.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What God reveals

When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.

### Holiness

God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Eternity

Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are also glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)) 1PE 1 1 g6b4 figs-123person Πέτρος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 1 1 p0pd translate-names Πέτρος 1 **Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nThis passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 831bec007cb7f23af97622285a413ac2256db1a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:24:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7fca8aab42..c6182b20d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nThis passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c12cd69d2bd0617892d94deb0bc9b907c3053734 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:31:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 220/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c6182b20d0..d8358d1aca 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 25 aba2 figs-metonym τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 pp62 figs-metonym τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)
2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Stones

The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Milk and babies

When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Sheep and shepherds

The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) +1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Stones\n\nThe Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])\n\n### Milk and babies\n\nWhen Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Sheep and shepherds\n\nThe Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) 1PE 2 1 n3x5 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 90d043b6d237c02d488ad8a5f9bde4e895ed8bc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:31:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 221/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d8358d1aca..71e10323ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)
2. Conclusion (5:12–14)

Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crowns

The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Lion

All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Babylon

Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d1c881afb701255eefeee20472b038af049aae37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:34:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 222/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 71e10323ce..e043d5f60e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “the spirits in prison”

[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.

### “Baptism now saves you”

In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\n[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a032b4b08933b90319d51f450a5bc8939700dc6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:37:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 223/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e043d5f60e..79ad5b320e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 35af211023e6129f0a7e694c2854408dd44bfeae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:47:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 224/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 79ad5b320e..67075f5711 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3f23c03b6071ddbec52673525be0a3a097242f3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 22:39:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 225/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 67075f5711..04cb9296bd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -359,10 +359,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. -1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. -1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here “flesh” means “body.” Alternate translation: “in his body” or “while here on earth” +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning” 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. From 2e6bd18b67005aa4a98f54251982f067b8239282 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 22:49:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 226/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 04cb9296bd..c84c5d3b34 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here “flesh” means “body.” Alternate translation: “in his body” or “while here on earth” -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning” 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. From 1de5a0bc22a65dbab1f9fa72c0f8a2773a673c60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 23:37:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 227/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c84c5d3b34..f28332e7d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning” +1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means suffering because of ones faith indicates that that person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 7dc14ce08e90fdab47fe6a6fdbfb659537de11f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 23:40:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 228/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f28332e7d2..ac11966465 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means suffering because of ones faith indicates that that person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From bcf3ad73bce059cc3b2dad0b0b6aa029faf3d539 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 23:47:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 229/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ac11966465..ff75899ecc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 0389c6406fae1b82cbc1b56cc1c747e870e86c13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 03:30:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 230/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ff75899ecc..8bcc0f3f37 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 5e0c965a25c3aeec012ac081cae73f88592a20e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:07:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 231/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8bcc0f3f37..8eef3b761b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 2ef920d9a9e31764c69330fcbc4229cc3a2f0377 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:33:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 232/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8eef3b761b..139b3f0ffe 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -365,6 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From d8f346bcb511919f7a3d2e0214e2fd0c74fedca0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:39:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 233/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 139b3f0ffe..05367341ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From da493adf5e6f9055f325d2dcf507d5ab0412cff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:57:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 234/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 05367341ce..690ae78124 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire +1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** specifcally refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies From 6c148d66eea5579810a20b1b6afa760bae0986ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:58:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 235/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 690ae78124..98a89c86ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** specifcally refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 360c8c8b38be07ae916633fd5d601af31e855b0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 18:31:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 236/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 98a89c86ce..778b8936da 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. +1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. From b290bd3883d9a45468b5f4b520aac389b146e0cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 20:12:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 237/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 778b8936da..b23b083df5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -368,6 +368,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” +1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies From 7efeff9fb62cb2a2451fce2a48c8320244aa025a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 20:26:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 238/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index b23b083df5..3fdb703ca9 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -371,6 +371,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. From d44f586b0784f8f0b8d3b6d8dd8187a170b12002 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 21:13:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 239/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3fdb703ca9..8e35492ffc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -372,6 +372,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 4 c4ma μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. From c60d9e93b85845e27d825465eafcc284e2dcb589 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 21:36:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 240/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8e35492ffc..a34b9813e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 4 c4ma μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 -1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. +1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 2dbf2019aef1095f8d36809af472d2dedd5aff42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 21:45:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 241/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a34b9813e6..9071e23f0a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies +1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. From 213de0c037420c57cafa61bdbb5b2cba02692d35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 22:44:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 242/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9071e23f0a..4d6adf19fc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -375,8 +375,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. -1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +1PE 4 5 datm figs-metaphor οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) Men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1904844534db6c725b4d99ff44196719a2823838 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 18 Jun 2022 00:03:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 243/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 4d6adf19fc..2c00599baf 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. -1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) Men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) people preached. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. From 1662c6e54299c8090807d4304722ccef83a34f95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 18:27:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 244/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 16b0961c90..d5d839869e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **tree** as giving or bestowing **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the tree that grants life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). From 3fc0559bf5a322127cf3187d9571f43cdf04b78d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 18:32:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 245/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d5d839869e..c5bd08884d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the tree that grants life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” +REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven.\r\nLuke 23:43; 2 Corinthians 12:4 with Revelation 2:7 show that the word Paradise is a name for the abode of God, a permanent home of the redeemed with Christ.\r\nOriginally a garden of delight takes the connotation in the New Testament of the new heavens and the new earth.\nThis is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From ca498228be0f227c740bd906126f3e08320ed1c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 18:38:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 246/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c5bd08884d..ca8fceff37 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the tree that grants life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven.\r\nLuke 23:43; 2 Corinthians 12:4 with Revelation 2:7 show that the word Paradise is a name for the abode of God, a permanent home of the redeemed with Christ.\r\nOriginally a garden of delight takes the connotation in the New Testament of the new heavens and the new earth.\nThis is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “God’s garden” +REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From ef980c828baa3ffa2a9aa931a69e45fe0781a97b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 18:43:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 247/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ca8fceff37..1e26964441 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the tree that grants life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” +REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-symlanguage]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From fcf9716f119726cd38e227f5d980185d8425071a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 18:45:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 248/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1e26964441..e8220b542c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the on REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the tree that grants life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 13ab07f5ad54f46acb8a396af8f4c158d0ee2db0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 19:00:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 250/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e8220b542c..837babe983 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 8 nvn1 figs- 1 REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 9689c1d7e83fbfd1775810588f49d3e32ebc4838 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 19:09:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 251/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 837babe983..387f95c72c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -100,6 +100,7 @@ REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 1 mz7l 1 REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 lampstands The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From b299c243c6f7886e25dc8c79186ba9760498af0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 19:15:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 252/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 387f95c72c..afeb72035e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 2 1 mz7l 1 +REV 2 1 mz7l τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: "says this message" REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 lampstands The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 99819c9307967c02dca6723277b603567f1b6b74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 19:18:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 253/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index afeb72035e..6da2be15f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 8 nvn1 figs- 1 +REV 2 8 nvn1 figs- 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 2e0599215036dd684d6827ee59fefaa26f212832 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 19:21:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 254/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6da2be15f9..25bf240c2a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 8 nvn1 figs- 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). +REV 2 8 nvn1 figs- 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 56b746a53b90c2ddc6790e8fceafdfdc0ec0082e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 19:22:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 255/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 25bf240c2a..a30970257e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 8 nvn1 figs- 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../02/01.md). +REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 50cedd6049d4965439baa00c3c1c670a0f095548 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 19 Jun 2022 19:24:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 256/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a30970257e..33cf19e436 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../02/01.md). +REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From e3ef9414292bf420a697f37a35046bf4a352049f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 07:25:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 259/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 33cf19e436..ff818b04ee 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). -REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). +REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From d001c90ffcdb31ce99930d7eeadb95edf4bde903 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 07:29:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 260/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ff818b04ee..0ffae3105a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 th REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). -REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” From 5fec1028a3e771844ab2705546ed5fd41666922f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 07:34:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 261/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0ffae3105a..b2eafc2ae4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρ REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” From ce8b152402515336086ea563d5d93c9d44eca51e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 07:37:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 262/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b2eafc2ae4..b9e599212c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρ REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 +REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross and his current life from the resurrection. refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” From 5116fcd13048c95de5e3be31e8d709dcd6338b20 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 07:49:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 263/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b9e599212c..33658c2a75 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρ REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross and his current life from the resurrection. refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md),such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: "who became dead but lived again" or "who became dead but returned back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” From 78594a6962b0019e54d2bcc4b028e6fde49e9fd4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 07:50:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 265/353] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 33658c2a75..6257b15f24 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρ REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md),such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: "who became dead but lived again" or "who became dead but returned back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md), such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: "who became dead but lived again" or "who became dead but returned back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” From 23fa544e18567dc5fee9db74f49e802b3456e980 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 16:37:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 269/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2c00599baf..be61e4ebed 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) people preached. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) From c4c4f94c5ada8f666ce6acfc5985ca76db1e985d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 16:45:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 270/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index be61e4ebed..e0d9d6bb1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,8 +379,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) people preached. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. From 1f855fac6122b6a662c0734ef6877834e0fdfe8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:13:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 271/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e0d9d6bb1f..5320bb3720 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,9 +379,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them during their lives as humans. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. From db457e51af2060f9977c3ebe4592beb998538217 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:17:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 272/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 5320bb3720..aa2eefb8fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them during their lives as humans. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here, **in the flesh** 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9f29f62dec11fb31b8deab2b280f68c782672a5f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:23:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 273/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index aa2eefb8fa..d39f5c8b42 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here, **in the flesh** +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-idiom κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a persons lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might be judged while on earth” or “they might be judged during this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7c38b25fe4a9dc2b6875e0028c733dd7d34d4e2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:27:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 274/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d39f5c8b42..06d9870534 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-idiom κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a persons lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might be judged while on earth” or “they might be judged during this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f60f048c68befc47af79072c8faf45fc321e33f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:32:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 275/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 06d9870534..fa7b46e46f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -383,7 +383,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. +1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the spirit** could mean: (1) the spiritual realm, as opposed to physical life on earth. (2) the Holy Spirit. +1PE 4 6 n8wo 1 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From bdd0956a79526f4ee65438e9989c66f54ee36f8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:47:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 276/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index fa7b46e46f..f71eb7790b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -383,8 +383,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the spirit** could mean: (1) the spiritual realm, as opposed to physical life on earth. (2) the Holy Spirit. -1PE 4 6 n8wo 1 +1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 1fadebf6c81b00bf6905ecaf84c37c08246ed98b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:49:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 277/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f71eb7790b..1e0f9a4d14 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,6 +382,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. From b095476a34bc8db7e2d58d7fcbdd69e2ac7e3d8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:51:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 278/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1e0f9a4d14..14f7e89ca5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7bef32355f88b15660986745b8ad67f530d7468f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:53:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 279/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 14f7e89ca5..6ff204c7c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -384,6 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a5c6450700141c0b0f2768ffe2d87e8afef37d56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 18:16:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 280/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6ff204c7c0..39cda26df7 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. -1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” From 935bafbbb5d0f56f57f3aa1d26b72b812a695f2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 18:41:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 281/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 39cda26df7..c089477aaf 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completed clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 50665d557d5441d4beb4c684cee287a1f17ae5ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 18:44:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 282/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c089477aaf..654afcbf22 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -390,6 +390,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completed clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 619218199a20ba5a39d9b0ff6b10c5d5ac194814 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 20:31:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 283/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 654afcbf22..35e1fbbbdd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -388,12 +388,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completed clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” -1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 107d7d11098e4b6cb180109bda2eb035713e0fbb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 20:55:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 284/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 35e1fbbbdd..6a1b738d60 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers +1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From 50a9812209678a2ad5cd5c2fa8d00c799bb1b6a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:00:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 285/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6a1b738d60..b7c7fe6ecd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. +1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From d5c504b717f1f6cebeaf8d822520dab2b948efe4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:08:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 286/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index b7c7fe6ecd..34b4d2709f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -393,6 +393,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From 819f437c7adc7a7b89c58cb4a668677770769add Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:34:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 287/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 34b4d2709f..72e00e5357 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,6 +395,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 +1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 +1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 83223f2edc2f8d5264566c9c4e4319549a31cae8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:42:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 288/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 72e00e5357..51f061df3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 From e8358644efeb2bc7b25d4bf02b037656fe29b0d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:48:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 289/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 51f061df3a..702d8a3a2c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing Gods gift’s well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b4eefca4ae015f407909d06ae3f610af0f517ba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:53:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 290/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 702d8a3a2c..3360cd8a1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing Gods gift’s well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cf2ff1a5d8bb0e12e28ed5314e2c9bd73bfc9a1a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 22:02:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 291/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3360cd8a1e..a10df13f1d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -396,8 +396,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 -1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 +1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a52e05bfaf307dcd441578ec229df7dfe8ced5e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 22:05:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 292/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a10df13f1d..e1bc5c173f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From 565f4c0a216171c2ab6cb1deb5d11649f82d31ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 22:45:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 293/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e1bc5c173f..400e6ad465 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -397,8 +397,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored +1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” From 5be56b92c9d99ff591f9ee5f55ce0cb3f217a489 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 23:36:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 294/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 400e6ad465..aae9bbca8a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to a Christian suffering as if that person were gold being refined by passing it through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 283e19ed7aa6db7f07f3575b60fceef06aecd33d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:17:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 295/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index aae9bbca8a..1b685b396e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to a Christian suffering as if that person were gold being refined by passing it through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 27e838e407818fdfd2b487af6d0b8eb7dd3a7d6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:37:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 296/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1b685b396e..63ced6b290 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 188d448fa3bb8ee50243b8dfd407784d3f3fc46e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:38:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 297/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 63ced6b290..d24da115ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 2cdda65f69530baf9fa5d2bbec4ec90426b2eecf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:44:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 298/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d24da115ab..123dad2cb2 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From a37ffe3440335f1f7275cd1bf45a0f77966ce8bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:44:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 299/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 123dad2cb2..9cd03f485e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 6d1b95a1185fa61d71ae75cec9db5b6f17055930 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:47:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 300/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9cd03f485e..f71390b3c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,6 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8aa2ca31c1a1e4d3901a170144f71d5e1df5811a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:56:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 301/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f71390b3c0..bcd329a17b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you From 2ad4c02fed2464e3249107057d5114c6f73b8f92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 16:11:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 302/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index bcd329a17b..7b929b2139 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -405,9 +405,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. 1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” From 2b5442d152644f444274e7f9e01a88d1a0f9add5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 16:12:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 303/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7b929b2139..7e5a9f6d4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -407,6 +407,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has blessed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. From 6cedfcf4edb64b0cb03543f0acc66fc7a4b5ae95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 17:19:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 304/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7e5a9f6d4c..ffb1ffa436 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has blessed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you +1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. 1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8058dfe78e3b0157a11ee552694b630c618b21c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 17:24:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 305/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ffb1ffa436..d1589bd95c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has blessed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. From 29bafcb0f501406fb78ab5f8bdbbf46518b69cff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 17:33:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 306/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d1589bd95c..54a183995d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -410,7 +410,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. +1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” 1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8c2937d341398c0a277adc63e70020449f4bcccc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 18:03:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 307/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 54a183995d..29b1499b6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” -1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” +1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey” From 5b0b133ef772f3fe617519385e86ec10f0a05b35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 20:32:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 308/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 29b1499b6d..9295db1b3c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,6 +412,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” +1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 62e379171a4bb17f6143e54609479076817aaec1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 20:55:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 309/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9295db1b3c..0d5a0bb8cf 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -414,8 +414,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” 1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey” 1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Alternate translation: “of those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe. 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5fe22cf4940658c8bed11759d7019723773865f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:17:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 310/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 0d5a0bb8cf..c37b4581a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -417,8 +417,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey” -1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Alternate translation: “of those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe. +1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” From abb3015224ca5a0661c0c56fdad784dddc1e8e57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:20:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 311/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c37b4581a3..6e65b5cec0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,10 +412,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” -1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 17 v74q figs-metaphor 1 the household of God +1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-metaphor 1 the household of God 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n From 5348b70de6f2270a4740ddc0f3044a4086445e87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:22:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 312/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6e65b5cec0..353f6bef4e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 17 v74q figs-metaphor 1 the household of God +1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-metaphor 1 the household of God 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From d99884183933812be8826efa1d1e0c695a196433 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:29:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 313/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 353f6bef4e..3300e20b51 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-metaphor 1 the household of God +1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n From cfa250ac22528693030276e89965bf20a4f993cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:12:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 314/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3300e20b51..9ef46a59a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -422,8 +422,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Jesus is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 1ee41b38b0b289099d26f71d7c2cb7ed489eaa39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:28:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 315/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9ef46a59a3..7528aa7fa6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -422,8 +422,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Jesus is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 095a677a0164e0a3cd42af516b66fa34eb8f18ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:35:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 316/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7528aa7fa6..48ffa311c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 2098e873bfe9f525282a970d8f03315d056821eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:48:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 317/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 48ffa311c3..1e79506f3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -425,8 +425,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” +1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 904280da0794eea1018c9e95cbd15ea2d2c93391 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:49:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 318/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1e79506f3a..89a8e3c76d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -422,7 +422,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 357f681814918ad8013d46960b4f2c9ac0d19647 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:16:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 319/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 89a8e3c76d..7ab1fe1867 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3bf92a704f33bfb13e51381a3fd509f473f4a3c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:28:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 320/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7ab1fe1867..016fcb4117 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -429,8 +429,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n -1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 142a3f9d5bb9d128b0c4cf9acee6e674c6141466 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:40:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 321/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 016fcb4117..968deb3f54 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -430,6 +430,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ef4fe7f2e366bd031a6716cd1148280d20b800e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:52:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 322/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 968deb3f54..6c56018506 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 23a16317112ef5a270b1c4fc11b0e6afae0a840f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 15:48:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 323/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6c56018506..4759c92e0c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 46804bc0e7bdcf6ddfdcad935ec0e1cf95d0af35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 15:52:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 324/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 4759c92e0c..20a6d71b88 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,13 +379,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 19494c666f03f9ae452d5f317a30534fcd0ae3f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 15:59:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 325/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 20a6d71b88..1d65123e0e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5f5bd530e6662a41e3d4b0c1d6e8a368c06c0e3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:10:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 326/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1d65123e0e..7bb5403d19 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From d9ae5c49b76187b4083cc0a7b15d5b88a75a20b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:13:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 327/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7bb5403d19..a0c7094fde 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind to do something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From a5615372270433167817abc5275c1a93f1c68ce7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:13:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 328/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a0c7094fde..7bb5403d19 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind to do something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From a2f502b3a8ff57a03c951d7da9a3a4a1501534b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:23:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 329/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7bb5403d19..579a2cf82d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 203741821303e6c7acb55ec7836da7953a48803d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:27:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 330/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 579a2cf82d..a023f5edff 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” From 6f2984f8a07d42aa852b2a95b453ebd670789c3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:32:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 331/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a023f5edff..d43eb9f529 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d23c1d20480f8d4b668e77c14090733a9082b7e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:40:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 332/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d43eb9f529..57ca052e6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 datm figs-metaphor οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From da628af8e91f063dc7fb0b4fefc170b16eef79e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:45:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 333/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 57ca052e6b..c00c7baedc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c0185384a0116c71d875f0ad76ad0d8be1d2db86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:47:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 334/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c00c7baedc..7e2794bdf7 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. +1PE 4 7 e445 figs-explicit πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things Here, **the end of all things** refer to the end of the world when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 723efd55387659aa40701d89fca2f590be8890f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:49:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 335/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7e2794bdf7..1bcd12531d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 figs-explicit πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things Here, **the end of all things** refer to the end of the world when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1987b65156edecb45dae623631d9903f9e3ff009 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:01:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 336/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1bcd12531d..63b07bb712 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -390,9 +390,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3b39e2caf15aed0b783a3bdae659756e37de1a95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:09:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 337/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 63b07bb712..e9a6c6dde2 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 965574c64c3aab8792838f00037aae351d877b33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:10:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 338/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e9a6c6dde2..7d435c1afa 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4b9b946f25f7aa06543de46619346d47decbc435 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:16:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 339/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7d435c1afa..d2aa69fa55 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f61a785fe84d244d6262e96a18739f43464828ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:22:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 340/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d2aa69fa55..9083f26429 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” -1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From b331cdc9a6662d460b81f8c6ffbf891827c0ec60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:29:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 341/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9083f26429..3bd1650d13 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -418,13 +418,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 57ef694e5646855db949738fe8c3e229a59552f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 20:22:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 342/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3bd1650d13..73790a6d3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” -1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 64e6e45238a9454b211453201bf61e93e599f61e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 20:31:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 343/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 73790a6d3a..e73b21fc65 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” -1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nOther animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 700989a1b45dd6a79cf79f4250180c1897c5ec6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 20:32:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 344/353] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e73b21fc65..39f8561f2e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nOther animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. +1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: In [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Shepherd the flock of God Peter speaks of the believers as a **flock** of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fb85789e7627f2fcb4445ca626b5ae62330a4889 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:03:42 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 345/353] Fix 1 Peter spacing --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 39f8561f2e..234bbff222 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)\n\n * Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)\n * Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n * Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n\n1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)\n\n * How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n * How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n * The end is near (4:7–11)\n\n1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n\n * How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n * Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n\n1. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Peter

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)

* Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
* Command to be holy (1:13–21)
* Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)

* How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
* How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
* The end is near (4:7–11)

1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)

* How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)
* Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)

1. Conclusion (5:12–14)

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?

The author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])

### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?

Peter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How were Christians treated in Rome?

Peter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?

“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)
4. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at that time.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What God reveals

When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.

### Holiness

God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Eternity

Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are also glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)) 1PE 1 1 g6b4 figs-123person Πέτρος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 1 1 p0pd translate-names Πέτρος 1 **Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 25 aba2 figs-metonym τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 pp62 figs-metonym τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Stones\n\nThe Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])\n\n### Milk and babies\n\nWhen Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Sheep and shepherds\n\nThe Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) +1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)
2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Stones

The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])

### Milk and babies

When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Sheep and shepherds

The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) 1PE 2 1 n3x5 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -255,14 +255,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\n[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “the spirits in prison”

[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.

### “Baptism now saves you”

In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

Although the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let him” and “Let those”

In [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -428,10 +428,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n +1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” -1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nOther animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)
2. Conclusion (5:12–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crowns

The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])

### Lion

Other animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Babylon

Babylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: In [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4116b01f616666f06040a10db93fcc0e2b64488b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 23 Jun 2022 09:33:18 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 346/353] Fix Revelation spacing --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 88 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 44 insertions(+), 44 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6257b15f24..43c41b3ee5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -23,76 +23,76 @@ REV 1 4 apl8 figs-123person ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς REV 1 4 y9yh translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) REV 1 4 lsun figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν 1 These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, **is coming** has two possible connotations. The expression could refer to the the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. Alternatively, the phrase indicates the future tense, which seems more likely given the prior context describing the past and present times of God's existence. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, **is coming** has two possible connotations. The expression could refer to the the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. Alternatively, the phrase indicates the future tense, which seems more likely given the prior context describing the past and present times of God’s existence. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) the Spirit of God, which is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit” (2) seven individual spirits who serve God, which might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” REV 1 5 gz2n ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The expression is probably an allusion to [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), specifically to [Psalm 89:37](../../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to a portion of Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md) and then affirmed again within [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The term **firstborn** commonly refers to the first child actually to be born to parents and, therefore, the primary recipient of the parents’ inheritance. The idiomatic expression apparently alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of Psalm 89, including: **the faithful witness** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. If your readers would not understand the phrase **the firstborn from the dead**, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 5 j1xp grammar-collectivenouns τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 5 gqw8 grammar-collectivenouns καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. The expression **the ruler of the kings of the earth** alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), including: **the faithful witness** and **the firstborn from the dead**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md), which are then affirmed again in\n[Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gqw8 grammar-collectivenouns καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. The expression **the ruler of the kings of the earth** alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), including: **the faithful witness** and **the firstborn from the dead**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md), which are then affirmed again in [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 ttqn τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 The second half of this verse begins a doxology that continues through the rest of this verse and all of the next verse. The doxology directly praises Jesus Christ personally. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to state some of the information from the following verse that will then be repeated in verse 1:6 once again. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ, who loves us, receive glory and power always” REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 has released us Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has released us from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king in a kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom explicitly. Alternate translation: "the citizens that God rules over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: "people that offer sacrifices" or "people that serve in the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king in a kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom explicitly. Alternate translation: “the citizens that God rules over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: “people that offer sacrifices” or “people that serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: "May all honor Jesus with glory and power." (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: 'May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: “May all honor Jesus with glory and power.” (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: ‘May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds" +REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds” REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earth’s peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 8 c96p ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: "The Lord God says, 'I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.'" -REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language's alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first thing and the last thing" +REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +REV 1 8 c96p ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, ‘I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.’” +REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concept’s whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concept’s whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase **who is coming** in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: "I … am experiencing affliction with you …" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: "the brother of you believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb "rule." Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "because of the message from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n -REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord's day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord's day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called "the day of the Lord" throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "Sunday, the Lord’s day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brother of you believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in John’s time. Some scholars think that **the Lord’s day** here refers to the future time of God’s judgment called “the day of the Lord” throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lord’s day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: "that voice said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “that voice said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” -REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: "extremely white like wool and snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: "white fabric" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “extremely white like wool and snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white fabric” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n +REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: "his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had" -REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to "the angels of the seven churches" as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: "and exercising authority over the stars" (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 16 pp58 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: "a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth" \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day.\nIf your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man This phrase describes John laying down with his face toward the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cultural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. Alternate translation: "fell down at his feet like a dead man to show his fear and respect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had” +REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to “the angels of the seven churches” as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: “and exercising authority over the stars” (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 pp58 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christ’s mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man This phrase describes John laying down with his face toward the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cultural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. Alternate translation: “fell down at his feet like a dead man to show his fear and respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: "the living one" (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: "the one who gives life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the living one” (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** here denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of death’s state and of death’s location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a "litany." The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -100,36 +100,36 @@ REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christ’s message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 2 1 mz7l τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: "says this message" +REV 2 1 mz7l τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “says this message” REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 lampstands The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know … your hard labor and your patient endurance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **labor** and **endurance**, you can express them with the verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know … that you laboured very hard and that you patiently suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 2 l6mv figs-youcrowd τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς; καὶ ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse are all singular in their number but plural in their references. In other words, all the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church at Ephesus. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 2 2 sxbf figs-nominaladj κακούς 1 Here, **evil people** translates directly an adjective in the Greek that signifies simply “wicked” or **evil**. Thus, the translator must supply a noun that the adjective is describing through an assumed implication. The natural assumption for the noun to be supplied would be human individuals who were people in the surrounding community of those being addressed here. Alternate translation: “wayward people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false Here, **you have found them** indicates the literal translation of the Greek. However, the sense of **found** is something like "to understand" or simply to come to the knowledge about a certain reality. The understood reality is actually the falsehood of the claim of certain people to be apostles. Alternate translation: “you have recognized those people to be false apostles” -REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and you have patient endurance** implies a missing affirmation of **I know** from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or "I recognize that you have patient endurance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false Here, **you have found them** indicates the literal translation of the Greek. However, the sense of **found** is something like “to understand” or simply to come to the knowledge about a certain reality. The understood reality is actually the falsehood of the claim of certain people to be apostles. Alternate translation: “you have recognized those people to be false apostles” +REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and you have patient endurance** implies a missing affirmation of **I know** from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or “I recognize that you have patient endurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: "I disapprove of you because" or "I have a criticism to make of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: “I have something against you” or “there is something about you that I disapprove of”. Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of “how far you have fallen from your original location”. Here, “falling” from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς\n 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "But this is to your credit" or "But here is a good thing you are doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory" or "To the one who overcomes the obstacles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22's reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: "the tree that grants life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) -REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]). REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md). REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md), such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: "who became dead but lived again" or "who became dead but returned back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md), such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: “who became dead but lived again” or “who became dead but returned back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” From 7895275028f4f3351da1bb3b67824c56ed3528a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 23 Jun 2022 10:21:55 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 347/353] Jane's edits to Matthew --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 142 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 71 insertions(+), 71 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 1e00a171d5..07e4cd0085 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatti MAT 1 1 ava1 0 General Information: The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of of both King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through [1:17](../01/17.md). MAT 1 1 vpg1 figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham Here, **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names 0 of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 1 5 q5bd translate-names Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth **Rahab** and **Ruth** were the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 1 11 rj7p ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 at the deportation to Babylon Alternate translation: See the UST +MAT 1 5 q5bd translate-names Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MAT 1 11 rj7p ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 at the deportation to Babylon MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 to Babylon Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 after the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**. MAT 1 16 b3bm figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 of Mary, by whom Jesus was born If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -13,106 +13,106 @@ MAT 1 16 wdbo translate-names Μαρίας 1 **Mary** is the name of a woman. ( MAT 1 16 z2rg figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 who is called Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 1 17 z5xw τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md). MAT 1 18 gnl6 writing-newevent τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν 1 General Information: This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MAT 1 18 cqt1 figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary’s parents promised to Jospeh that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 1 18 xvk1 figs-euphemism πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 before they came together This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” or “before they got married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MAT 1 18 cqt1 figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary’s parents promised to Joseph that Mary, who would be Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 1 18 xvk1 figs-euphemism πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 before they came together This may refer to Mary and Joseph uniting sexually. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” or “before they got married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MAT 1 18 in4a figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 was found having in the womb If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it happened that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 1 18 q6y8 figs-idiom εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This is an idiom meaning people discovered that she was pregnant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “Joseph found out that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “Some people discovered that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 1 18 a71d figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 by the Holy Spirit The power of the **Holy Spirit** had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit allowing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 1 18 q6y8 figs-idiom εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This is an idiom meaning people discovered that she was pregnant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “found out that she was pregnant” or “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 1 18 a71d figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 by the Holy Spirit The power of the **Holy Spirit** had enabled Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 1 19 pu3p grammar-connect-time-background ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 to divorce her Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband was a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MAT 1 20 iip4 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 when he had thought The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Jospeh was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) MAT 1 20 lc8r figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here, **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who has been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 1 21 j38f grammar-connect-time-background αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 she will bear a son **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +MAT 1 21 j38f grammar-connect-time-background αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 she will bear a son The clause **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “for, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MAT 1 21 em9q τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his people Here, **his** refers to the those people who love the Lord. Alternate translation: “the people whom the Lord loves” MAT 1 22 c1vw figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 1 22 p39k figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 1 22 e8ld writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel **Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 1 23 wlft figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 1 23 lm6t grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated, “God with us.” Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -MAT 1 24 iue3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jospeh took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 he did not know her Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He did not have sexual with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MAT 1 23 wlft figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a separate sentence and in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 1 23 lm6t grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated, “God with us.” Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “a name that means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +MAT 1 24 iue3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 he did not know her Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “His star”

These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Learned men”

English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.” -MAT 2 1 j9yn grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 General Information: **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +MAT 2 1 j9yn grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 General Information: Here, **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MAT 2 1 kf5g translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 of Herod There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 2 1 p6gc translate-unknown μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east These men were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 2 1 p6gc translate-unknown μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east The **learned men** were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 2 2 w3nc grammar-connect-logic-result εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MAT 2 2 zj7c figs-explicit αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 his star They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 to worship This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here. MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 2 3 b0gt figs-ellipsis καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 2 3 b0gt figs-ellipsis καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 2 3 mc1r figs-hyperbole πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MAT 2 4 ne4v figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 General Information: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was asking them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MAT 2 4 ne4v figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 General Information: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was asking them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 2 5 w68n figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 2 5 z2i4 figs-activepassive οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 thus it has been written through the prophet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 5 o460 writing-quotations οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 you, Bethlehem Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it was a person. If this is confusing in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah. For from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 you, Bethlehem Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If this is confusing in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah. For from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MAT 2 6 c2cl figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah If **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MAT 2 6 rihn figs-metonymy ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruler**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 2 6 tg5d figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who will shepherd my people Israel Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will **shepherd…Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 2 6 rihn figs-metonymy ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruler**, he means from the people who live in Bethlehem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a ruler will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 2 6 tg5d figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who will shepherd my people Israel Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will **shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 2 8 jtw7 figs-infostructure προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 might worship him Herod first says **Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, “After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.” Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -MAT 2 11 q8vp figs-explicit πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 In their culture, **falling down, they worshipped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 2 11 kidl figs-explicit προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα 1 In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 2 11 q8vp figs-explicit πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 In their culture, **falling down, they worshiped him** was something that was done before a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bowing down, they honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their valuable cargo. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 2 11 kidl figs-explicit προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα 1 In some cultures, when you go to meet someone important, gifts are brought to show that you honor that person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 2 15 ft3a writing-pronouns ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 he was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jospeh, Mary and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 2 15 ft3a writing-pronouns ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 he was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MAT 2 15 we5w figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 15 s792 writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MAT 2 16 g513 figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 he had been mocked by the learned men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 having sent forth, he killed all the male children Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 having sent forth, he killed all the male children Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the baby boys” or “having given the orders, he caused the murder of all the little boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 Then was fulfilled See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 18 x062 figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very loud. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MAT 2 18 zm17 figs-metonymy Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 Rachel weeping for her children **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 2 18 zm17 figs-metonymy Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 Rachel weeping for her children **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants, weeping for the lost children. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping for their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 not willing to be comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they are no more Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who seek the life of the child Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who seek the life of the child Here, **those seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying “those wanting to kill the child.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MAT 2 22 h4cq translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 Archelaus **Archelaus** is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 what had been spoken through the prophets See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”

Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The kingdom of heaven is near”

No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.” -MAT 3 1 xp3z writing-newevent  δὲ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MAT 3 1 ifa0 writing-participants  Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptizer” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is near The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. **heavens** refers to the place where God rules from. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”

Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Cchapter

### “The kingdom of heaven is near”

No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.” +MAT 3 1 xp3z writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 3 1 ifa0 writing-participants Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptizer” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is near The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. Here, **heavens** refers to the place from which God rules. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one who Isaiah spoke about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MAT 3 3 hxb6 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -MAT 3 3 s62r figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, a voice figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 3 3 s62r figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, a voice figuratively refers to the messenger, who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 3 3 n7lh figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 3 3 j99i figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate, and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAT 3 4 su9d figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 3 3 j99i figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Here Isaiah uses a metaphor of preparing paths or **the way** on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 3 4 su9d figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist That John **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 3 4 wo34 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 3 4 xgxk translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 3 5 zys1 figs-hyperbole Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MAT 3 5 zys1 figs-hyperbole Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 being baptized by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers, who Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers, who Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this!” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-personification φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 to flee from the coming wrath The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 3 9 anyf figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgement. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 3 9 s4og figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word father figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 3 9 k843 figs-hyperbole  δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MAT 3 9 eedc figs-metaphor  τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word children figuratively means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 3 10 d4j5 figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 3 10 a8m8 figs-metaphor πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 3 11 c1xf figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 is mightier than I **carrying…sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “So let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 3 9 anyf figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father**, because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgement. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 3 9 s4og figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham as our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 3 9 k843 figs-hyperbole δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises made to **Abraham**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make offspring of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MAT 3 9 eedc figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here the word children figuratively means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 3 10 d4j5 figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 3 10 a8m8 figs-metaphor πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 The expression **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and then do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 3 11 c1xf figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 is mightier than I To **carry sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he, John, is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor With the expression **whose winnowing fork is in his hand**, John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 3 12 r2ua translate-unknown  τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor The **threshing floor** was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with this place, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “The place where food is prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 3 12 r2ua translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor The **threshing floor** was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with this place, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the place where the grain and chaff were separated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up.You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 3 13 vl93 writing-newevent τότε 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 3 13 vl93 writing-newevent τότε 1 Connecting Statement: **Then** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -MAT 3 15 wdcu figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 **To fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 But having been baptized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) +MAT 3 15 wdcu figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 But having been baptized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-personification φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice from the heavens saying Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) -MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”

No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”

### “If you are the Son of God”

The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]]) MAT 4 1 k51m writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ MAT 4 2 cuu1 figs-merism ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτ MAT 4 3 oyws grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 4 4 sph9 writing-quotations γέγραπται  1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MAT 4 4 sph9 writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MAT 4 4 i33v οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone” MAT 4 4 d010 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 4 4 xbai grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metaphor παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 4 6 dnrp figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 4 6 x6zc figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 4 6 fa8l writing-quotations  γέγραπται 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MAT 4 6 fa8l writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MAT 4 6 f1mm figs-explicit ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 4 7 fn07 figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 4 7 c7t5 figs-genericnoun  οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You will not test Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MAT 4 8 d12q figs-explicit  καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 Again, the devil **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 4 7 c7t5 figs-genericnoun οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You will not test Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MAT 4 8 d12q figs-explicit καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 Again, the devil **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 4 9 al72 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 All these things I will give you Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction ἐὰν πεσὼν 1 having fallen down This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MAT 4 10 k49q figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -144,13 +144,13 @@ MAT 4 12 d1vi figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 John had bee MAT 4 13 hpm4 figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 4 14 tj7c figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 what was spoken If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 15 egx6 figs-synecdoche γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles! Jesus refers figuratively to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 4 15 se2r ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.  +MAT 4 15 se2r ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee. MAT 4 16 fsl6 figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 **the people** being referred to here are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα…ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς 1 The people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 4 16 j6gz figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος…τοῖς καθημένοις 1 **sitting** is a metaphor for living. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are living…to those living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who are sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen **and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen** has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens has come near See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 4 18 yrx7 writing-newevent  δὲ 1 General Information: This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 4 18 yrx7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 4 18 yfh5 figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 casting a net into the sea They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 4 18 yyiy translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is something which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 4 18 qmzo grammar-connect-time-background ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They were doing this because they worked as fishermen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ MAT 4 19 y3zg figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come a MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men **I will make you fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 4 21 utn4 figs-idiom ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 he called them **he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 4 23 nr8m figs-merism  πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of sickness which someone might have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -MAT 4 23 ljkd figs-hyperbole  πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 **every** here is an exaggeration, and does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MAT 4 23 nr8m figs-merism πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of sickness which someone might have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MAT 4 23 ljkd figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 **every** here is an exaggeration, and does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 4 24 i296 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 being possessed by demons If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 24 hwa0 figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MAT 4 24 unqn figs-hyperbole προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς 1 **all those having sickness** here is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatti MAT 5 1 c5rq writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 5 2 q9mm figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 having opened his mouth **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 5 3 jhdg figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 5 3 o3y4 figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])  +MAT 5 3 o3y4 figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MAT 5 3 od1c figs-genericnoun οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “The people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 3 j7ct figs-idiom οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 the poor in spirit The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 5 3 wpi6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -178,18 +178,18 @@ MAT 5 4 u8s3 figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See the note in the previous verse. MAT 5 4 pgy8 figs-genericnoun οἱ πενθοῦντες 1 those who mourn Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “The people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 4 lie5 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 they will be comforted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 5 mvb1 figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 the meek Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” or “you who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MAT 5 5 nc0q figs-genericnoun οἱ πραεῖς 1 See the note in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  +MAT 5 5 nc0q figs-genericnoun οἱ πραεῖς 1 See the note in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 6 bi1j figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 those who hunger and thirst for righteousness This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desire a person can have. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 5 6 hlq2 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 they will be filled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 6 i4sb figs-genericnoun οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people who are hungering and thirsting for righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 7 t460 figs-genericnoun οἱ ἐλεήμονες 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “The people who have mercy on others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 8 s9gd figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 the pure in heart **pure in heart** is an idiom for a person’s intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 5 8 cr20 figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MAT 5 8 t6ni figs-idiom  αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 5 8 t6ni figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 5 9 p1ez figs-genericnoun οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 the peacemakers See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people who are acting at peace with many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 9 tv19 figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 for they will be called sons of God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 10 bqu7 figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 those who have been persecuted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 5 10 r1ok figs-genericnoun οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης  1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “Those who people treat poorly because they obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MAT 5 10 r1ok figs-genericnoun οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “Those who people treat poorly because they obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 10 f3li figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 theirs is the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 5 11 t5kb figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε…ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 Blessed are you The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 11 eez3 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ MAT 5 12 bpwb figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 **in the heave MAT 5 13 i3zp figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται 1 You are the salt of the earth This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 5 13 yoif figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 with what might it be made salty again? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 5 13 e7cz figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 except to be thrown out to be trampled by men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 5 13 ojrg grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω 1 Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])  +MAT 5 13 ojrg grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω 1 Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MAT 5 14 wgh5 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 You are the light of the world Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that his disciples will shine with his message in **the world**. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 5 14 bn28 figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on a hill is not able to be hidden At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining from far away, as the city is not blocked by anything being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 5 14 ny4h figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on top of a hill is not able to be hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is up on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -209,17 +209,17 @@ MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπρο MAT 5 16 iiu8 translate-kinship τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in the heavens God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MAT 5 16 ouqi figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the **prophets** wrote in the scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 5 17 re9h figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])  +MAT 5 17 re9h figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 5 17 jirt figs-grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until the heaven and the earth may pass away **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** is a phrase which is exaggerating the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “Not even the smallest part of God’s word will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 one jot or one tittle The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων…ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν. 1 whoever may break Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments, God would call him the least important in his kingdom…If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -MAT 5 19 hxl1 figs-genericnoun  ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks…if anyone does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MAT 5 19 hxl1 figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks…if anyone does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται 1 may teach men to do so will be called If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 that unless your righteousness may abound … you may certainly not enter If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you … your The pronouns **you** and **your** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 5 20 zqr6 figs-you ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “If your righteousness does not become much greater…God will never rule over you from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])  +MAT 5 20 zqr6 figs-you ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “If your righteousness does not become much greater…God will never rule over you from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to the ancients If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said through Moses to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you ἠκούσατε…οὐ φονεύσεις 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The imperative **Do not kill** is single, but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever may kill will be held for the judgment Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2671,4 +2671,4 @@ MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Her MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 See Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world” +MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world” \ No newline at end of file From f73b417efe19dfc9227a877e5d1f94d18e07631a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 23 Jun 2022 16:07:40 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 348/353] Removed extra breaks before bullets in Acts --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9281a3dc6c..e6813477e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Acts

1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)
2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)
3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)
4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)
5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)
6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)

### What is the book of Acts about?

The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the book of Acts?

The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the church?

The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.

### The kingdom of God

The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts

“to the same”

The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.

“in/to/into the temple”

Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?

The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.

First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST put them in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you put these verses in footnotes. These verses are:

* Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”
* Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”
* Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”
* Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”

Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:

* Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”
* Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).
* Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
* Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Acts

1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)
2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)
3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)
4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)
5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)
6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)

### What is the book of Acts about?

The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the book of Acts?

The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the church?

The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.

### The kingdom of God

The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts

“to the same”

The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.

“in/to/into the temple”

Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?

The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.

First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST put them in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you put these verses in footnotes. These verses are:
* Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”
* Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”
* Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”
* Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”

Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:
* Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”
* Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).
* Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
* Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ascension

This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

### Baptism

Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers figuratively to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentence

As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### The details of the death of Judas

There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.

It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.

But it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

### The 12 disciples

There is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.

All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.

Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible. ACT 1 1 q9ep figs-explicit τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 I made the first account Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 1 1 a000 ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence. From 9325ab896935e12581225dbc13091f3bbf5e5d44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 23 Jun 2022 16:19:07 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 349/353] Removed extra spaces before bullets in Acts --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e6813477e5..62515cc3eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Acts

1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)
2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)
3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)
4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)
5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)
6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)

### What is the book of Acts about?

The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the book of Acts?

The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the church?

The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.

### The kingdom of God

The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts

“to the same”

The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.

“in/to/into the temple”

Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?

The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.

First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST put them in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you put these verses in footnotes. These verses are:
* Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”
* Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”
* Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”
* Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”

Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:
* Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”
* Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).
* Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
* Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Acts

1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)
2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)
3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)
4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)
5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)
6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)

### What is the book of Acts about?

The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the book of Acts?

The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the church?

The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.

### The kingdom of God

The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts

“to the same”

The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.

“in/to/into the temple”

Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?

The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.

First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST put them in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you put these verses in footnotes. These verses are:
* Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”
* Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”
* Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”
* Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”

Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:
* Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”
* Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).
* Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
* Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ascension

This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

### Baptism

Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers figuratively to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentence

As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### The details of the death of Judas

There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.

It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.

But it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

### The 12 disciples

There is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.

All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.

Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible. ACT 1 1 q9ep figs-explicit τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 I made the first account Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 1 1 a000 ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence. From b75cbce367c77bedb0104cdd2de88fd6235bc84c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 24 Jun 2022 13:28:23 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 350/353] Fixed validation errors in Exodus --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 956e11901b..31b6dd17f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ EXO 3 6 l5sy אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 your father This could mean (1) “your fath EXO 3 6 lfbb grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md)) EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 7 xoz0 figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The Hebrew practice of verb repetition for intensification cannot be directly translated into English. Here, “see” is repeated in Hebrew. This expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s having **seen** how his people were suffering. Use a natural form of strengthening a verb from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 7 tpk0 figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 There are two possessives here: 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 3 7 tpk0 figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 There are two possessives here: (1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. (2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 7 nbft figs-abstractnouns עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** in another way. Alternate translation: “how my people who are in Egypt are afflicted” or “how the Egyptians afflict my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 3 7 p3tx figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 taskmasters Alternate translation: “his oppressors” @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ EXO 5 6 dxih לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** is a way of introducing a di EXO 5 7 k6io figs-youdual לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 7 p9nx figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 you must no longer give This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “as you used to do” or “as was done previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 5 8 izkf figs-youdual תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 8 ro25 translate-unknown הַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים 1 **Bricks** are blocks made of clay or mud with straw in them. They are hardened in the sun or in another manner before they are used for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 5 8 ro25 translate-unknown הַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים 1 **Bricks** are blocks made of clay or mud with straw in them. They are hardened in the sun or in another manner before they are used for building. See how you translated in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 5 8 dlzx figs-idiom תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙ 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 5 9 xca1 figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 5 10 ozzn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ EXO 9 13 ifs8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מ EXO 9 13 zmrt figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 13 dxww figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 9 13 hsl6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 9 14 z68b grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here it is implied that Pharaoh will again not let God’s people go. **For** is expressing the result, that is, God‘s response to Pharaoh’s disobedience to the command immediately preceding. You may need to insert this as in the UST or choose a contrastive conjunction. Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 9 14 z68b grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here it is implied that Pharaoh will again not let God’s people go. **For** is expressing the result, that is, God’s response to Pharaoh’s disobedience to the command immediately preceding. You may need to insert this as in the UST or choose a contrastive conjunction. Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 9 14 n6wq figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 on you yourself Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 9 15 f056 figs-hypo כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) EXO 9 15 a3l8 figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 reached out with my hand and attacked you Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ EXO 9 29 ajz3 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses EXO 9 29 b787 translate-symaction אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread my hands out to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 9 30 tn94 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 honor Yahweh God This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 9 30 srx4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 31 pcwg writing-background 0 flax This and the next verse give background information so that the destruction caused by the later plagues can be understood by the reader. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 9 31 pcwg writing-background 0 This and the next verse give background information so that the destruction caused by the later plagues can be understood by the reader. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 9 31 p1v8 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה…וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה 1 flax **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the barley stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 31 xnvj גִּבְעֹֽל 1 Alternate translation: “was flowering” @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 out of the EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the seashore Alternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea” EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings in his own language. Unlike in many other places, most notes in this chapter will not advise towards expressing meaning in non-figurative ways or combining parallel phrases as that advice would be too simplistic for handling poetry.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbal forms (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahweh’s\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case, Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)\\-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the Holy Place

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

+EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md)). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings in his own language. Unlike in many other places, most notes in this chapter will not advise towards expressing meaning in non-figurative ways or combining parallel phrases as that advice would be too simplistic for handling poetry.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbal forms (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahweh’s\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case, Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14-16a](../15/14.md) are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the Holy Place

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Alternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b9da366707af36c6134d927f0c2fced67de2e1e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Fri, 24 Jun 2022 17:40:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 352/353] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 31b6dd17f2..3854ac9772 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the co EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that emphasizes thoroughness or complete lack of the swarm. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting
- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock
- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils
- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail
- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general
+EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock\n- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils\n- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail\n- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general\n EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General Information: A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two additional levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the second-level quotation beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) From 239552e20ca4aba4e5c545ff2ffa12b8d4da7c0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 24 Jun 2022 13:48:55 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 353/353] Fixed line breaks in Exodus --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 80 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 40 insertions(+), 40 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 3854ac9772..b3aa93bd9f 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.

-EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

- v. 1-7: Jacob’s family grows
- v. 8-22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”
This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.
- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.
- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens).
+EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

- v. 1-7: Jacob’s family grows
- v. 8-22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”
This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.
- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.
- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens). EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 1 1 e65z translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families Alternate translation: EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male Hebrew children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 1 22 a6b2 figs-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 1 22 stag figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-10: Moses’ birth and early life
- v. 11-15: Moses’ attempted intervention and flight
- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian
- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites’ plight

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Covenant

At the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Identification of participants

* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Moses’ heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

### Ironic situations

* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.
* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7).
+EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-10: Moses’ birth and early life
- v. 11-15: Moses’ attempted intervention and flight
- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian
- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites’ plight

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Covenant

At the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Identification of participants

* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Moses’ heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

### Ironic situations

* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.
* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7). EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ EXO 2 23 ym88 writing-background 0 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happene EXO 2 23 csg2 וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 groaned They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply” EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 their pleas went up to God The **plea** of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God heard their pleading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God called to mind his covenant This a common biblical way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.

+EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background 0 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. **Jethro** is a **priest** who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not g EXO 3 22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses The word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations which make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. EXO 3 22 fmfu figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word which started in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-17: Moses hesitates to obey so Yahweh gives Moses signs to prove his commission
- v. 18-28: Moses goes back to Egypt
- v. 29-31: Moses and Aaron meet with the Israelite leaders and tell them what Yahweh said

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over how Pharaoh has an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-17: Moses hesitates to obey so Yahweh gives Moses signs to prove his commission
- v. 18-28: Moses goes back to Egypt
- v. 29-31: Moses and Aaron meet with the Israelite leaders and tell them what Yahweh said

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over how Pharaoh has an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 4 1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 if they do not believe Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 1 pq8x figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ EXO 4 30 x1v3 הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the EXO 4 31 glp2 הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites Alternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 they bowed their heads This action was an expression of thankful worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-5: Moses gives Pharaoh Yahweh’s message
- v. 6-21: Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder
- v. 22-23: Moses asks Yahweh why things went badly

+EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-5: Moses gives Pharaoh Yahweh’s message
- v. 6-21: Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder
- v. 22-23: Moses asks Yahweh why things went badly EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 The time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited before they went to see Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 have put a s EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I thought you sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5
- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### God and his people

In verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.
+EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5
- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### God and his people

In verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-9: The end of Yahweh’s re-sending of Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh
- v. 10-13: Pharaoh’s first refusal, the sign of the snakes
- v. 14-25: First plague: the Nile turns to blood

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that he was not willing to obey Yahweh’s instructions.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

+EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-9: The end of Yahweh’s re-sending of Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh
- v. 10-13: Pharaoh’s first refusal, the sign of the snakes
- v. 14-25: First plague: the Nile turns to blood

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that he was not willing to obey Yahweh’s instructions.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations EXO 7 1 r18p figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 7 1 dn1s figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 I have made you like a god This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians Th EXO 7 25 bn5h writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This means seven days later. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 25 dg56 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs
- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats
- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is

### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.

+EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs
- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats
- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is

### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently. EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 Here, **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the co EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that emphasizes thoroughness or complete lack of the swarm. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock\n- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils\n- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail\n- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general\n +EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock
- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils
- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail
- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General Information: A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two additional levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the second-level quotation beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ EXO 9 34 nz0e וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is fr EXO 9 34 ooed וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 Alternate translation: “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same” EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

The text does not specify, but some time seems to have passed between chapters nine and ten (see 9:31-32 and 10:5).
- v. 1-20: Eighth plague: locusts
- v. 16-20: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last
- v. 21-29: Ninth plague: darkness
+EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

The text does not specify, but some time seems to have passed between chapters nine and ten (see 9:31-32 and 10:5).
- v. 1-20: Eighth plague: locusts
- v. 16-20: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last
- v. 21-29: Ninth plague: darkness EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **heavy.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs Alternate translation: “I mocked Egypt” EXO 10 3 pm8p figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ EXO 10 28 lcz2 figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Be careful about one thing Phara EXO 10 28 te45 figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔⁠י…פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you see my face Here, **face** refers to the whole person. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 10 29 h1jf figs-idiom כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ 1 You yourself have spoken With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 10 29 rg18 figs-synecdoche פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting\r

Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.

It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.

+EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting\r

Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.

It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague. EXO 11 1 hrom figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 1 eqeb grammar-connect-time-sequential כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ…יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 11 1 iocd כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating. @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 After EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Potential Translation Issues:

### Passover

### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.

### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Potential Translation Issues:

### Passover

### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.

### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction
- v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn
- v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites
- v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn
- v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative
- v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites.
+EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction
- v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn
- v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites
- v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn
- v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative
- v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. EXO 13 2 de3u figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא 1 Set apart to me…every firstborn male This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 13 3 yjy5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Yahweh’s strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ EXO 13 21 nr02 לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: EXO 13 21 i7yl grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה 1 They could travel either by day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 13 22 iiuj עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה 1 See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 13 22 qxks figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This whole chapter is the record of an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”
Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. Exodus 13:18 and 15:22 show that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text if just using “sea” is confusing.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s chariots

These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

+EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This whole chapter is the record of an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”
Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. Exodus 13:18 and 15:22 show that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text if just using “sea” is confusing.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s chariots

These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) EXO 14 2 b5qq figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֮ 1 This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 2 mb4e translate-names פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 14 2 ue2o figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-idiom וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺ EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-idiom כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה 1 Elim **Elim** is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy Alternate translation: “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting
This entire chapter is the story of the Israelites complaining about food and Yahweh providing food. Verses 22-30 introduce the Sabbath.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaints

After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Prohibition against storing food

The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Sabbath

This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Bread as food

Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Chronology

[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

### Box of the Covenant

Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting
This entire chapter is the story of the Israelites complaining about food and Yahweh providing food. Verses 22-30 introduce the Sabbath.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaints

After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Prohibition against storing food

The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Sabbath

This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Bread as food

Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Chronology

[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

### Box of the Covenant

Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 16 1 gw67 translate-names סִ֔ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 16 1 h44x translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 16 1 u2aq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 15 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 0 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later comment EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An **omer** and an **ephah** are both units of dry measurement. An ephah is approximately equal to a bushel, and an omer is one-tenth of an ephah. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 16 36 a9uh translate-fraction וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 17 intro f12q 0 7# Exodus 17 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water
- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Naming

As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.
+EXO 17 intro f12q 0 7# Exodus 17 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water
- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Naming

As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 wilderness of Sin A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽ⁠י 1 Amalek A **banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult, and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the Hebrew preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek” -EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-12: Jethro visits Moses and hears all that Yahweh has done
- v. 13-27: Jethro observes Moses and advises him to set up a subsidiarity leadership structure; Moses does so

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Leadership lessons

Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties

### Order of events

The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).

### Verse 11

[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

### God and Yahweh

In this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead of by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

### Kinship: Father-in-law

Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

### Participant reference

Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).

+EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-12: Jethro visits Moses and hears all that Yahweh has done
- v. 13-27: Jethro observes Moses and advises him to set up a subsidiarity leadership structure; Moses does so

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Leadership lessons

Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties

### Order of events

The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).

### Verse 11

[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

### God and Yahweh

In this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead of by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

### Kinship: Father-in-law

Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

### Participant reference

Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). EXO 18 1 nl86 translate-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law The label, **father-in-law of Moses** refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s father-in-law, choose the appropriate one here. Note the use of this term also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 18 2 zw6h וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah. EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ 1 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣ EXO 18 26 abx4 וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 26 ve8h הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases Alternate translation: “easy case” -EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting
This chapter consist of a series of Moses going up Mount Sinai, talking to Yahweh, coming down, and talking to the people. He is being the intermediary, carrying messages between Yahweh and the people.
- v. 1-2: Arrival at Sinai
- v. 3-8: First cycle of Moses going up and down for instruction and response
- v. 9-15: Second cycle, people get ready to hear God
- v. 16-19: God speaks to the people from the mountain
- v. 20-25: Third cycle

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “A kingdom of priests”

The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Revealing the law

The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people

Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code.

+EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting
This chapter consist of a series of Moses going up Mount Sinai, talking to Yahweh, coming down, and talking to the people. He is being the intermediary, carrying messages between Yahweh and the people.
- v. 1-2: Arrival at Sinai
- v. 3-8: First cycle of Moses going up and down for instruction and response
- v. 9-15: Second cycle, people get ready to hear God
- v. 16-19: God speaks to the people from the mountain
- v. 20-25: Third cycle

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “A kingdom of priests”

The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Revealing the law

The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people

Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “In the month 3 … on the day 1 of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names מֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 19 3 kgev figs-parallelism תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect, as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ EXO 19 23 gagp figs-quotesinquotes בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַג EXO 19 24 w8lx לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד 1 get down Alternate translation: “Go down” EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ 1 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might **break** down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 24 p1yq figs-metaphor יִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם 1 break through the barrier Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** forth from him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-17: Yahweh gives the Ten Commandments
- v. 18-21: the people react
- v. 22-26: Yahweh gives a little more explanation about idols and altars

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Covenant

Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Form of you

The singular form of you is used in the commandments; however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

+EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-17: Yahweh gives the Ten Commandments
- v. 18-21: the people react
- v. 22-26: Yahweh gives a little more explanation about idols and altars

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Covenant

Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Form of you

The singular form of you is used in the commandments; however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 20 2 qg71 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 house of slavery Yahweh speaks of **Egypt** as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 20 3 r9h3 לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ 1 You must have no other gods before me Alternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me” EXO 20 4 s7n3 figs-merism וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֔עַל וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠תָּ֑חַת וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 nor the likeness This list means all created things wherever they are. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created, whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ EXO 20 24 zmc4 figs-activepassive אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י EXO 20 26 qm1b figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter, you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 20 26 e28y figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 20 26 h2qd עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 your nakedness Alternate translation: “your private parts” -EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes

This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.

## Structure:

- 1: Introduction
- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves
- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves
- 12-17: Capital crimes
- 18-36: Liability laws
* 18-27: Regarding human violence
* 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals

## Translation Issues in this Chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law, a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” It is followed by a description of the situation; then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).

### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].

### Daughters sold as servants

The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be somewhat confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife. It seems the two things could be closely related.

### Ransom payment

In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear.

+EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes

This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.

## Structure:

- 1: Introduction
- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves
- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves
- 12-17: Capital crimes
- 18-36: Liability laws
* 18-27: Regarding human violence
* 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals

## Translation Issues in this Chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law, a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” It is followed by a description of the situation; then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).

### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].

### Daughters sold as servants

The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be somewhat confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife. It seems the two things could be closely related.

### Ransom payment

In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. EXO 21 1 xxf4 0 you must set before them Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters. EXO 21 1 hhf7 תָּשִׂ֖ים 1 you must set before them Alternate translation: “you must give” or “you must tell” EXO 21 1 ddql figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you must set before them Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ EXO 21 36 fkx2 figs-activepassive א֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע 1 if it was known If y EXO 21 36 v64b נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִ⁠תְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 a habit of goring in time past Alternate translation: “the ox had gored other animals before” EXO 21 36 ix8h figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 its owner has not kept it in This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hurt other animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 36 dcv2 figs-explicit שַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שּׁ֔וֹר 1 he must surely pay ox for ox The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes

## Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. We will not attempt to provide an outline since almost every verse is about a different case.

## Translation Issues in this Chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” Then there is a description of the situation, and then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will contain these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).

### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].
+EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes

## Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. We will not attempt to provide an outline since almost every verse is about a different case.

## Translation Issues in this Chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” Then there is a description of the situation, and then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will contain these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).

### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]. EXO 22 1 syx5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 22 1 onm0 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not actually happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 22 1 bc03 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה…וְ⁠אַרְבַּע 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “5 … and 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ EXO 22 29 p8nk figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר 1 You must not hol EXO 22 30 j345 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֤ת 1 For seven days Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 22 30 m4wq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֖י 1 the eighth day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 22 31 jjhn figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁי־קֹ֖דֶשׁ תִּהְי֣וּ⁠ן לִ֑⁠י 1 the eighth day If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And you shall be holy men to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes

## Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Celebrations of feasts and festivals

The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses, and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.
+EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes

## Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Celebrations of feasts and festivals

The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses, and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them. EXO 23 1 we1y 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 23 1 eeoc figs-abstractnouns לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 dishonest witness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **report** and **emptiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 23 1 l4xr שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “a false testimony” @@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ EXO 23 29 i9aq figs-explicit פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ EXO 23 30 mne7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 31 my2e figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction, as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshiping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Worshiping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1-2: Yahweh summons Moses
- v. 3-8: Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it; this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood
- v. 9-11: Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat
- v. 12-15: Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders, and he goes
- v. 16-18: Description of Yahweh’s glory, and Moses is at the top of the mountain

## Potential Translation Issues

- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God
- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways
- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Moses’ covenant

The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### God’s holiness

Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

+EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1-2: Yahweh summons Moses
- v. 3-8: Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it; this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood
- v. 9-11: Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat
- v. 12-15: Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders, and he goes
- v. 16-18: Description of Yahweh’s glory, and Moses is at the top of the mountain

## Potential Translation Issues

- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God
- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways
- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Moses’ covenant

The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### God’s holiness

Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 24 1 hji6 writing-newevent 0 Nadab…Abihu A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names נָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu **Nadab and Abihu** are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 24 1 zukb figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה 1 Nadab…Abihu Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ EXO 24 16 uwdd translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly, like a fire. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-idiom לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 forty days and forty nights Alternate translation: “forty days and forty nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes

## Structure:

* v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God
* v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions
* v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony
* v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table
* v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand
* v. 40: Summary instruction

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

* The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.
* Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.

## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:

* There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.
* There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.
* From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
+EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes

## Structure:

* v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God
* v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions
* v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony
* v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table
* v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand
* v. 40: Summary instruction

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

* The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.
* Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.

## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:

* There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.
* There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.
* From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]. EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart The beginning of this verse marks the start of a very long direct quote which continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 25 2 tktu figs-quotations דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה 1 who is motivated by a willing heart In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent If it would be he EXO 25 40 y081 figs-explicit וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain All the items described in this chapter are included in what Moses is told to **see and make**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 40 gyte figs-metonymy וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Observe carefully and work exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes

- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.
- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place (also known as Holy of Holies) ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
* v. 1-6: Inner covering
* v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
* v. 15-30: Wooden framework
- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

+EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes

- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.
- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place (also known as Holy of Holies) ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
* v. 1-6: Inner covering
* v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
* v. 15-30: Wooden framework
- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-yousingular תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. Alternate translation: “, tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) EXO 26 1 vre7 וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). EXO 26 1 xvs7 translate-unknown וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 scarlet wool A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹל EXO 26 36 f6td translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews decorative designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 37 av60 0 an embroiderer See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md). -EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar
- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent
- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding building the courtyard area around the Dwelling containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.

## Potential Translation Issues

- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs. Others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.
- There continue to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects.

+EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar
- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent
- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding building the courtyard area around the Dwelling containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.

## Potential Translation Issues

- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs. Others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.
- There continue to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. EXO 27 1 s8qy translate-bdistance חָמֵשׁ֩ אַמּ֨וֹת…וְ⁠חָמֵ֧שׁ אַמּ֣וֹת…וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 cubits If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3 meters … 2.3 meters … 138 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 4 hsq3 מִכְבָּ֔ר 1 grate The **grate** is a frame of crossed metal bars for holding wood when burning. EXO 27 4 vlau וְ⁠עָשִׂ֣יתָ עַל־הָ⁠רֶ֗שֶׁת אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת נְחֹ֔שֶׁת עַ֖ל אַרְבַּ֥ע קְצוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 grate You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), and [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md). @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony The **test EXO 27 21 nlwz יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨⁠וֹ 1 ark of testimony Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it” EXO 27 21 j41s figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 ark of testimony Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 27 21 vr7m חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹ֣רֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute See how you translated a similar statement in [12:14](../12/14.md) -EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests
- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing
- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod
* v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod
- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece
* v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece
* v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod
- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart
- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates
- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban
- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing
- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments
- v. 43b: Closing statement

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Holy garments

Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they had to be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Potential Translation Issues

- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstones. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.

+EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests
- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing
- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod
* v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod
- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece
* v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece
* v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod
- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart
- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates
- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban
- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing
- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments
- v. 43b: Closing statement

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Holy garments

Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they had to be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Potential Translation Issues

- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstones. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones. EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **you** refers to Moses; in this case, it is used to highlight that he is the person who must do the next thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) EXO 28 1 w9ls translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֨ן אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ 1 Call to yourself Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 28 1 ofgr translate-names נָדָ֧ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֛וּא אֶלְעָזָ֥ר וְ⁠אִיתָמָ֖ר 1 Call to yourself These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ EXO 28 41 xa75 translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You must EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are articles of clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 42 m1bi figs-euphemism בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 undergarments This refers to the male genitalia. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

## Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.
The Consecration of the Priests
- v. 1-3 Preparing items
- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
* v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
* v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
* v. 29-30 Priestly succession
* v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular “you: that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

### “I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.

+EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

## Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.
The Consecration of the Priests
- v. 1-3 Preparing items
- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
* v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
* v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
* v. 29-30 Priestly succession
* v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular “you: that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

### “I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here. There is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 ld5s writing-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 to set them apart Here, **they** refers to Aaron and his sons. Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ EXO 29 41 ibch figs-idiom בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 a tenth EXO 29 42 j8cg לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 29 42 h5r7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 tent of meeting This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes

This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.
The forms of “you” are mostly singular. However, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct, so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.

## Structure:

- v. 1-10: Incense altar
* v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar
* v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar
- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census
- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin
- v. 22-30: Anointing oil
* v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil
* v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil
v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Atonement

Through the offering of blood and money, things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])

### Holiness

Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Unknown terms

There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars.
+EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes

This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.
The forms of “you” are mostly singular. However, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct, so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.

## Structure:

- v. 1-10: Incense altar
* v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar
* v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar
- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census
- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin
- v. 22-30: Anointing oil
* v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil
* v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil
v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Atonement

Through the offering of blood and money, things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])

### Holiness

Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Unknown terms

There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-youdual וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ 1 You must make Here, **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. If your language makes a distinction, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 30 2 w56e translate-unknown קַרְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 Its horns must be made See how you translated **horns** in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 2 a39m translate-bdistance אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה…וְ⁠אַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 Its horns must be made If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 94cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ EXO 30 37 wh25 קֹ֛דֶשׁ תִּהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠יהוָ EXO 30 38 xn6v לְ⁠הָרִ֣יחַ בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 perfume This could mean: (1) to enjoy the scent for oneself (2) to wear as a perfume. EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-11: Selection of the skilled craftsmen
- v. 12-17: Sabbath instruction
- v. 18: the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Sabbath

As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

+EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-11: Selection of the skilled craftsmen
- v. 12-17: Sabbath instruction
- v. 18: the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Sabbath

As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@ EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 They must observe it throughout the EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “A covenant that will always exist” or “A lasting covenant” EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occured while Moses spoke with God and therefore happened sometime during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])

- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf
- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction
* v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people
- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occured while Moses spoke with God and therefore happened sometime during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])

- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf
- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction
* v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people
- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 1 oan6 writing-newevent 0 the people saw This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here, the word **saw** is used to indicate understanding or realization of a situation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people both decided to gather and were the ones gathering. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ EXO 32 33 qwk9 מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י 1 my book This refers to the book o EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshiping the idol. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (along with Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 35 h3kl grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes

This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.

## Structure:
- v. 1-6: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to go with Israel
- v. 7-11: the temporary tent of meeting
- v. 12-23: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to see his glory

## Potential Translation Issues

Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.

Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the Dwelling that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the Dwelling will be in the center of the camp.

The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.

+EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes

This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.

## Structure:
- v. 1-6: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to go with Israel
- v. 7-11: the temporary tent of meeting
- v. 12-23: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to see his glory

## Potential Translation Issues

Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.

Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the Dwelling that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the Dwelling will be in the center of the camp.

The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to. EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words which follow **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 33 2 tlen וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֥י לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ מַלְאָ֑ךְ וְ⁠גֵֽרַשְׁתִּ֗י אֶת־הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠הַֽ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 General Information: See how you translated these in [Exodus 23:20](../23/20.md) and [23:23](../23/23.md). EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְ⁠שַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛⁠ EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠רָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑⁠י וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be retained, if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be as if I stop covering you with a hand, and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 33 23 jq7t grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you will see my back Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements, be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 but my face will not be seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes

## Outline

* v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain
* v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts
* v. 10-28 Covenant renewal
* v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

* In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.
* Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.
* The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.
* Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.
* In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus), raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.
* The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.

### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”

This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes

## Outline

* v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain
* v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts
* v. 10-28 Covenant renewal
* v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

* In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.
* Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.
* The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.
* Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.
* In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus), raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.
* The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.

### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”

This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) EXO 34 1 ppyw writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 tablets of stone Yahweh continues to speak to Moses, but there is a change of topic here, so you may want to retain the speech introduction. However, if it would be misunderstood, you could simply continue the quotation from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh continued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 34 1 zf77 figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֥ר שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 tablets of stone This clause reminds the reader of what tablets are being mentioned by reminding you of what had happened to the previous tablets. If it would be more helpful in your language to attach it to the first mention of the tablets in this verse, you could rearrange it like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 1 s1kv לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים 1 tablets of stone Alternate translation: “flat slabs of stone” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md) @@ -2279,7 +2279,7 @@ EXO 34 30 yn9s grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֖וּ 1 had EXO 34 32 kt23 וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֕⁠ם אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 all the commands that Yahweh had given him This means that Moses commanded the Israelites to obey everything Yahweh had commanded Moses to command the Israelites to do. EXO 34 34 fzm1 grammar-connect-time-background 0 he would remove This and the next verse give a general statement about Moses’s practice for an unstated amount of time (it was probably from this point until his death as he continued to talk to Yahweh). You should mark this with a form in your language that is used for on-going action like **would** or the UST’s “Whenever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive יְצֻוֶּֽה 1 what he was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes

## Structure\r
\r
- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command\r
- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))\r
- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the Dwelling complex\r
- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed\r
- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things

## Translation Issues in this Chapter

- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the Dwelling complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.
- Many items, materials, and processes for building the Dwelling may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.

+EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes

## Structure\r
\r
- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command\r
- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))\r
- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the Dwelling complex\r
- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed\r
- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things

## Translation Issues in this Chapter

- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the Dwelling complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.
- Many items, materials, and processes for building the Dwelling may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31. EXO 35 2 hfaq 0 This verse is very similar to [Exodus 31:15](../31/15.md). EXO 35 2 g6oe translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 the seventh day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “but on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names וְ⁠אָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָ EXO 35 35 ehu7 0 filled them with skill This verse summarizes and pulls together many previously mentioned things. See [28:3](../28/03.md) (**skill of heart**), [25:4](../25/04.md) (for materials), [26:36](../26/36.md) (**embroiderer**), [28:32](../28/32.md) (**weaver**), [26:31](../26/31.md) (**skillful workman**), [31:3](../31/03.md) (**craftsman**), [28:6](../28/06.md) (**designer of designs**). EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 35 35 jvtd figs-synecdoche חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **of heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes

## Structure

\r
\r
* v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction\r
* v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already -v. 8-38: construction of the Dwelling, verse-by-verse quotations marked below\r
* v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)\r
* v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)\r
* v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)\r
* v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)

## Translation issues

* The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.
* Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes; some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
* Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he**is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

+EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes

## Structure

\r
\r
* v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction\r
* v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already -v. 8-38: construction of the Dwelling, verse-by-verse quotations marked below\r
* v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)\r
* v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)\r
* v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)\r
* v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)

## Translation issues

* The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.
* Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes; some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
* Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he**is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses, as the chapter break here is poorly placed. EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְ⁠אָהֳלִיאָ֜ב 1 Bezalel **Bezalel and Oholiab** are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 36 1 y1h1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Bezalel We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** means every person. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ EXO 36 35 pfc5 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 36 36 hg2q 0 General Information: Aside from some verbal differences, this verse is very similar to [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md). EXO 36 37 r5ya 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 36 38 pr67 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md). -EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes

## Structure\r
\r
- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)\r
- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)\r
- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)\r
- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)\r
- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md)

## Potential translation issues

- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

+EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes

## Structure\r
\r
- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)\r
- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)\r
- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)\r
- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)\r
- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md)

## Potential translation issues

- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 37 1 byr3 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md). EXO 37 2 kb3s 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md). EXO 37 3 pb6v 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md). @@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ EXO 37 26 ep66 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 37 27 zez2 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md). EXO 37 28 hw37 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md). EXO 37 29 c992 0 General Information: For the **oil**, see [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md), and for the **incense** see [25:6](../25/06.md) and [30:35](../30/35.md). -EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes

- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

+EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes

- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the Dwelling and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 38 1 r81c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md). EXO 38 2 g71x 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). EXO 38 3 v73t 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md). @@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ EXO 38 28 rcda 0 Bezalel See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17 EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels A talent is about 34 kilograms, and a shekel is about 11 grams. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate A **grate** is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). EXO 38 31 bvr9 יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes

- This chapter continues the record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced to the correct specifications in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
Be sure to consult your previous work to maintain consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).
- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

+EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes

- This chapter continues the record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced to the correct specifications in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
Be sure to consult your previous work to maintain consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).
- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 39 1 h8kg 0 as Yahweh had commanded Moses See how you translated similar instructions in [Exodus 28:4-5](../28/04.md). EXO 39 1 e1xh figs-abstractnouns בִּגְדֵ֤י הַ⁠קֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated this in [28:2](../28/02.md). Alternate translation: “the holy clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 39 2 b9mg 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md). @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ EXO 39 41 z3ip 0 the Dwelling, the tent of meeting This verse is identical to EXO 39 42 ct6k 0 Thus the people This verse is almost identical to the second half of [verse 32](../39/32.md). EXO 39 43 t26m וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 behold Here, the word **behold** draws attention to the information that follows. Use a word or marking in your language that draws attention to the next information. EXO 39 43 z79s writing-endofstory 0 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this, consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses** is repeated seven times, as in the previous chapter, to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.
- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel verses 2-8 in an expanded way.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- The **Dwelling** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing, but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing, you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.
- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like with Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the Dwelling. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.
- “the glory of Yahweh filled the Dwelling”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the Dwelling, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

+EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses** is repeated seven times, as in the previous chapter, to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.
- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel verses 2-8 in an expanded way.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- The **Dwelling** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing, but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing, you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.
- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like with Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the Dwelling. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.
- “the glory of Yahweh filled the Dwelling”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the Dwelling, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) EXO 40 1 ea7j writing-newevent 0 There is a transition to a new event at the beginning of this chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 40 2 bgv1 translate-ordinal בְּ⁠יוֹם־הַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “On day one of the month, in month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 40 2 gzk3 figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 the first day of the first month of the new year These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Dwelling, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])